U.S. patent application number 16/931803 was filed with the patent office on 2021-06-10 for tamper resistant dosage forms.
This patent application is currently assigned to PURDUE PHARMA L.P.. The applicant listed for this patent is PURDUE PHARMA L.P., PURDUE PHARMACEUTICALS L.P.. Invention is credited to Haiyong H. HUANG, Richard O. MANNION, William H. MCKENNA, Edward P. O'DONNELL.
Application Number | 20210169810 16/931803 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 1000005405845 |
Filed Date | 2021-06-10 |
United States Patent
Application |
20210169810 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
MCKENNA; William H. ; et
al. |
June 10, 2021 |
TAMPER RESISTANT DOSAGE FORMS
Abstract
The present invention relates to pharmaceutical dosage forms,
for example to a tamper resistant dosage form including an opioid
analgesic, and processes of manufacture, uses, and methods of
treatment thereof.
Inventors: |
MCKENNA; William H.;
(Yonkers, NY) ; MANNION; Richard O.; (Furlong,
PA) ; O'DONNELL; Edward P.; (Basking Ridge, NJ)
; HUANG; Haiyong H.; (Princeton, NJ) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
PURDUE PHARMA L.P.
PURDUE PHARMACEUTICALS L.P. |
Stamford
Wilson |
CT
NC |
US
US |
|
|
Assignee: |
PURDUE PHARMA L.P.
Stamford
CT
PURDUE PHARMACEUTICALS L.P.
Wilson
NC
|
Family ID: |
1000005405845 |
Appl. No.: |
16/931803 |
Filed: |
July 17, 2020 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
16697855 |
Nov 27, 2019 |
|
|
|
16931803 |
|
|
|
|
16386963 |
Apr 17, 2019 |
|
|
|
16697855 |
|
|
|
|
15885074 |
Jan 31, 2018 |
|
|
|
16386963 |
|
|
|
|
15597885 |
May 17, 2017 |
|
|
|
15885074 |
|
|
|
|
15263932 |
Sep 13, 2016 |
9775812 |
|
|
15597885 |
|
|
|
|
14729593 |
Jun 3, 2015 |
9486412 |
|
|
15263932 |
|
|
|
|
14515924 |
Oct 16, 2014 |
9084816 |
|
|
14729593 |
|
|
|
|
13803132 |
Mar 14, 2013 |
|
|
|
14515924 |
|
|
|
|
11844872 |
Aug 24, 2007 |
8894987 |
|
|
13803132 |
|
|
|
|
60840244 |
Aug 25, 2006 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
1/1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
B29C 35/045 20130101;
A61K 9/284 20130101; A61J 3/10 20130101; A61K 9/2054 20130101; A61K
9/2072 20130101; A61K 9/2853 20130101; B29C 43/52 20130101; A61J
3/06 20130101; A61K 9/1641 20130101; B29C 43/02 20130101; A61K
9/2095 20130101; B29C 2035/1658 20130101; B29K 2995/0088 20130101;
B29C 35/16 20130101; B29C 43/003 20130101; A61J 3/005 20130101;
A61K 9/2866 20130101; A61K 47/34 20130101; A61K 9/2031 20130101;
A61K 9/2893 20130101; B29C 37/0025 20130101; A61K 9/0053 20130101;
A61K 9/209 20130101; B29K 2105/0035 20130101; A61K 45/06 20130101;
B29B 7/02 20130101; B29C 2035/046 20130101; A61K 9/2077 20130101;
A61K 31/485 20130101; A61K 47/10 20130101; B29B 7/88 20130101; B29C
71/00 20130101; A61K 9/2013 20130101; A61K 9/28 20130101; A61K
9/0002 20130101; B29C 71/009 20130101; A61K 9/2027 20130101; B29L
2031/753 20130101; B29K 2071/02 20130101; A61K 9/2018 20130101;
B29K 2105/251 20130101 |
International
Class: |
A61K 9/28 20060101
A61K009/28; A61K 9/20 20060101 A61K009/20; A61K 9/16 20060101
A61K009/16; A61J 3/06 20060101 A61J003/06; A61K 9/00 20060101
A61K009/00; A61K 31/485 20060101 A61K031/485; A61K 47/34 20060101
A61K047/34; A61K 9/24 20060101 A61K009/24; A61K 45/06 20060101
A61K045/06; A61K 47/10 20060101 A61K047/10; A61J 3/10 20060101
A61J003/10; B29C 43/00 20060101 B29C043/00; A61J 3/00 20060101
A61J003/00; B29C 37/00 20060101 B29C037/00; B29C 43/52 20060101
B29C043/52; B29B 7/88 20060101 B29B007/88; B29C 35/04 20060101
B29C035/04; B29B 7/02 20060101 B29B007/02; B29C 35/16 20060101
B29C035/16; B29C 43/02 20060101 B29C043/02; B29C 71/00 20060101
B29C071/00 |
Claims
1. A process of preparing a solid oral extended release
pharmaceutical dosage form, comprising at least the steps of: (a)
combining at least (1) at least one polyethylene oxide having,
based on rheological measurements, an approximate molecular weight
of at least 1,000,000, and (2) at least one active agent, to form a
composition; (b) shaping the composition to form an extended
release matrix formulation; and (c) curing said extended release
matrix formulation comprising at least a curing step of subjecting
the extended release matrix formulation to a temperature which is
at least the softening temperature of said polyethylene oxide for a
time period of at least about 1 minute.
2-169. (canceled)
Description
[0001] This application claims priority from U.S. Provisional
Application Ser. No. 60/840,244, filed Aug. 25, 2006, the
disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The present invention relates to pharmaceutical dosage
forms, for example to a tamper resistant dosage form including an
opioid analgesic, and processes of manufacture, uses, and methods
of treatment thereof.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] Pharmaceutical products are sometimes the subject of abuse.
For example, a particular dose of opioid agonist may be more potent
when administered parenterally as compared to the same dose
administered orally. Some formulations can be tampered with to
provide the opioid agonist contained therein for illicit use.
Controlled release opioid agonist formulations are sometimes
crushed, or subject to extraction with solvents (e.g., ethanol) by
drug abusers to provide the opioid contained therein for immediate
release upon oral or parenteral administration.
[0004] Controlled release opioid agonist dosage forms which can
liberate a portion of the opioid upon exposure to ethanol, can also
result in a patient receiving the dose more rapidly than intended
if a patient disregards instructions for use and concomitantly uses
alcohol with the dosage form.
[0005] There continues to exist a need in the art for
pharmaceutical oral dosage forms comprising an opioid agonist
without significantly changed opioid release properties when in
contact with alcohol and/or with resistance to crushing.
OBJECTS AND SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0006] It is an object of certain embodiments of the present
invention to provide an oral extended release dosage form
comprising an active agent such as an opioid analgesic which is
tamper resistant.
[0007] It is an object of certain embodiments of the present
invention to provide an oral extended release dosage form
comprising an active agent such as an opioid analgesic which is
resistant to crushing.
[0008] It is an object of certain embodiments of the present
invention to provide an oral extended release dosage form
comprising an active agent such as an opioid analgesic which is
resistant to alcohol extraction and dose dumping when concomitantly
used with or in contact with alcohol.
[0009] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation in the form of a tablet or
multi particulates, wherein the tablet or the individual multi
particulates can be at least flattened without breaking,
characterized by a thickness of the tablet or of the individual
multi particulate after the flattening which corresponds to no more
than about 60% of the thickness of the tablet or the individual
multi particulate before flattening, and wherein said flattened
tablet or the flattened multi particulates provide an in-vitro
dissolution rate, when measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at
100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at
37.degree. C., characterized by the percent amount of active
released at 0.5 hours of dissolution that deviates no more than
about 20% points from the corresponding in-vitro dissolution rate
of a non-flattened reference tablet or reference multi
particulates.
[0010] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation in the form of a tablet or
multi particulates, wherein the tablet or the individual multi
particulates can at least be flattened without breaking,
characterized by a thickness of the tablet or the individual multi
particulate after the flattening which corresponds to no more than
about 60% of the thickness of the tablet or the individual multi
particulate before flattening, and wherein the flattened or non
flattened tablet or the flattened or non flattened multi
particulates provide an in-vitro dissolution rate, when measured in
a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 nil simulated gastric
fluid without enzymes (SGF) comprising 40% ethanol at 37.degree.
C., characterized by the percent amount of active released at 0.5
hours of dissolution that deviates no more than about 20% points
from the corresponding in-vitro dissolution rate measured in a USP
Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid
without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C. without ethanol, using a
flattened and non flattened reference tablet or flattened and non
flattened reference multi particulates, respectively.
[0011] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0012] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0013] (2)
at least one active agent; and [0014] wherein the composition
comprises at least about 80% (by wt) polyethylene oxide.
[0015] According to certain such embodiments the active agent is
oxycodone hydrochloride and the composition comprises more than
about 5% (by wt) of the oxycodone hydrochloride.
[0016] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0017] (1) at least one active
agent; [0018] (2) at least one polyethylene oxide having, based on
rheological measurements, an approximate molecular weight of at
least 1,000,000; and [0019] (3) at least one polyethylene oxide
having, based on rheological measurements, a molecular weight of
less than 1,000,000.
[0020] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a process of [0021] preparing a solid oral extended release
pharmaceutical dosage form, comprising at least the steps of:
[0022] (a) combining at least [0023] (1) at least one polyethylene
oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an approximate
molecular weight of at least 1,000,000, and [0024] (2) at least one
active agent, to form a composition; [0025] (b) shaping the
composition to form an extended release matrix formulation; and
[0026] (c) curing said extended release matrix formulation
comprising at least a curing step of subjecting the extended
release matrix formulation to a temperature which is at least the
softening temperature of said polyethylene oxide for a time period
of at least about 1 minute.
[0027] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a process of [0028] preparing a solid oral extended release
pharmaceutical dosage form, comprising at least the steps of:
[0029] (a) combining at least [0030] (1) at least one polyethylene
oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an approximate
molecular weight of at least 1,000,000, and [0031] (2) at least one
active agent, to form a composition; [0032] (b) shaping the
composition to form an extended release matrix formulation; and
[0033] (c) curing said extended release matrix formulation
comprising at least a curing step wherein said polyethylene oxide
at least partially melts.
[0034] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation comprising an active agent
in the form of a tablet or multi particulates, [0035] wherein the
tablet or the individual multi particulates can at least be
flattened without breaking, characterized by a thickness of the
tablet or of the individual multi particulate after the flattening
which corresponds to no more than about 60% of the thickness of the
tablet or the individual multi particulate before flattening, and
wherein said flattened tablet or the flattened multi particulates
provide an in-vitro dissolution rate, when measured in a USP
Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid
without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., characterized by the
percent amount of active agent released at 0.5 hours of dissolution
that deviates no more than about 20% points from the corresponding
in-vitro dissolution rate of a non-flattened reference tablet or
reference multi particulates.
[0036] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation comprising an active agent
in the form of a tablet or multi particulates, [0037] wherein the
tablet or the individual multi particulates can at least be
flattened without breaking, characterized by a thickness of the
tablet or of the individual multi particulate after the flattening
which corresponds to no more than about 60% of the thickness of the
tablet or the individual multi particulate before flattening, and
wherein said flattened tablet or the flattened multi particulates
and the non-flattened reference tablet or reference multi
particulates provide an in-vitro dissolution rate, which when
measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml
simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., is
between about 5 and about 40% (by wt) active agent released after
0.5 hours.
[0038] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation comprising an active agent
in the form of a tablet or multi particulates, [0039] wherein the
tablet or the individual multi particulates can at least be
flattened without breaking, characterized by a thickness of the
tablet or the individual multi particulate after the flattening
which corresponds to no more than about 60% of the thickness of the
tablet or the individual multi particulate before flattening, and
wherein the flattened or non flattened tablet or the flattened or
non flattened multi particulates provide an in-vitro dissolution
rate, when measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900
ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) comprising 40%
ethanol at 37.degree. C., characterized by the percent amount of
active agent released at 0.5 hours of dissolution that deviates no
more than about 20% points from the corresponding in-vitro
dissolution rate measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm
in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at
37.degree. C. without ethanol, using a flattened and non flattened
reference tablet or flattened and non flattened reference multi
particulates, respectively.
[0040] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation comprising an active agent
in the form of a tablet or multi particulates, [0041] wherein the
tablet or the individual multi particulates can at least be
flattened without breaking, characterized by a thickness of the
tablet or the individual multi particulate after the flattening
which corresponds to no more than about 60% of the thickness of the
tablet or the individual multi particulate before flattening, and
wherein the flattened or non flattened tablet or the flattened or
non flattened multi particulates provide an in-vitro dissolution
rate, which when measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm
in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) comprising
40% or 0% ethanol at 37.degree. C., is between about 5 and about
40% (by wt) active agent released after 0.5 hours.
[0042] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0043] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0044] (2)
at least one active agent selected from opioid analgesics; and
[0045] wherein the composition comprises at least about 80% (by wt)
polyethylene oxide.
[0046] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0047] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0048] (2)
10 mg oxycodone hydrochloride; and [0049] wherein the composition
comprises at least about 85% (by wt) polyethylene oxide.
[0050] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0051] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0052] (2)
15 mg or 20 mg oxycodone hydrochloride; and [0053] wherein the
composition comprises at least about 80% (by wt) polyethylene
oxide.
[0054] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0055] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0056] (2)
40 mg oxycodone hydrochloride; and [0057] wherein the composition
comprises at least about 65% (by wt) polyethylene oxide.
[0058] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0059] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0060] (2)
60 mg or 80 mg oxycodone hydrochloride; and [0061] wherein the
composition comprises at least about 60% (by wt) polyethylene
oxide.
[0062] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0063] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0064] (2)
8 mg hydromorphone hydrochloride; and [0065] wherein the
composition comprises at least about 94% (by wt) polyethylene
oxide.
[0066] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0067] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0068] (2)
12 mg hydromorphone hydrochloride; and [0069] wherein the
composition comprises at least about 92% (by wt) polyethylene
oxide.
[0070] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0071] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0072] (2)
32 mg hydromorphone hydrochloride; and [0073] wherein the
composition comprises at least about 90% (by wt) polyethylene
oxide.
[0074] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising a composition comprising at least: [0075]
(1) at least one active agent selected from opioid analgesics;
[0076] (2) at least one polyethylene oxide having, based on
rheological measurements, an approximate molecular weight of at
least 1,000,000; and [0077] (3) at least one polyethylene oxide
having, based on rheological measurements, an approximate molecular
weight of less than 1,000,000.
[0078] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0079] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, a
molecular weight of at least 800,000; and [0080] (2) at least one
active agent selected from opioid analgesics; and [0081] wherein
the composition comprises at least about 80% (by wt) polyethylene
oxide.
[0082] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0083] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0084] (2)
at least one active agent; and [0085] wherein the extended release
matrix formulation when subjected to an indentation test has a
cracking force of at least about 110 N.
[0086] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0087] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0088] (2)
at least one active agent; and [0089] wherein the extended release
matrix formulation when subjected to an indentation test has a
"penetration depth to crack distance" of at least about 1.0 mm.
[0090] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a method of treatment wherein a dosage form according to the
invention comprising an opioid analgesic is administered for
treatment of pain to a patient in need thereof.
[0091] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
the use of a dosage form according to the invention comprising an
opioid analgesic for the manufacture of a medicament for the
treatment of pain.
[0092] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
the use of high molecular weight polyethylene oxide that has, based
on rheological measurements, an approximate molecular weight of at
least 1,000,000, as matrix forming material in the manufacture of a
solid extended release oral dosage form comprising an active
selected from opioids for imparting to the solid extended release
oral dosage form resistance to alcohol extraction.
[0093] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a process of preparing a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical
dosage form, comprising at least the steps of: [0094] (a) combining
at least [0095] (1) at least one polyethylene oxide having, based
on rheological measurements, a molecular weight of at least
1,000,000, and [0096] (2) at least one active agent, to form a
composition; [0097] (b) shaping the composition to form an extended
release matrix formulation; and [0098] (c) curing said extended
release matrix formulation comprising at least a curing step of
subjecting the extended release matrix formulation to a temperature
which is at least the softening temperature of said polyethylene
oxide for a time period of at least 5 minutes.
[0099] According to certain embodiments of the invention the solid
extended release pharmaceutical dosage form is for use as a
suppository.
[0100] The term "extended release" is defined for purposes of the
present invention as to refer to products which are formulated to
make the drug available over an extended period after ingestion
thereby allowing a reduction in dosing frequency compared to a drug
presented as a conventional dosage form (e.g. as a solution or an
immediate release dosage form).
[0101] The term "immediate release" is defined for the purposes of
the present invention as to refer to products which are formulated
to allow the drug to dissolve in the gastrointestinal contents with
no intention of delaying or prolonging the dissolution or
absorption of the drug.
[0102] The term "solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage
form" refers to the administration form comprising a unit dose of
active agent in extended release form such as an "extended release
matrix formulation" and optionally other adjuvants and additives
conventional in the art, such as a protective coating or a capsule
and the like, and optionally any other additional features or
components that are used in the dosage form. Unless specifically
indicated the term "solid oral extended release pharmaceutical
dosage form" refers to said dosage form in intact form i.e. prior
to any tampering. The extended release pharmaceutical dosage form
can e.g. be a tablet comprising the extended release matrix
formulation or a capsule comprising the extended release matrix
formulation in the form of multi particulates. The "extended
release pharmaceutical dosage form" may comprise a portion of
active agent in extended release form and another portion of active
agent in immediate release form, e.g. as an immediate release layer
of active agent surrounding the dosage form or an immediate release
component included within the dosage form.
[0103] The term "extended release matrix formulation" is defined
for purposes of the present invention as shaped solid form of a
composition comprising at least one active agent and at least one
extended release feature such as an extended release matrix
material such as e.g. high molecular weight polyethylene oxide. The
composition can optionally comprise more than these two compounds
namely further active agents and additional retardants and/or other
materials, including but not limited to low molecular weight
polyethylene oxides and other adjuvants and additives conventional
in the art.
[0104] The term "bioequivalent/bioequivalence" is defined for the
purposes of the present invention to refer to a dosage form that
provides geometric mean values of C.sub.max, AUC.sub.t, and
AUC.sub.inf for an active agent, wherein the 90% confidence
intervals estimated for the ratio (test/reference) fall within the
range of 80.00% to 125.00%. Preferably, the mean values C.sub.max,
AUC.sub.t, and AUC.sub.inf fall within the range of 80.00% to
125.00% as determined in both the fed and the fasting states.
[0105] The term "polyethylene oxide" is defined for purposes of the
present invention as having a molecular weight of at least 25,000,
measured as is conventional in the art, and preferably having a
molecular weight of at least 100,000. Compositions with lower
molecular weight are usually referred to as polyethylene
glycols.
[0106] The term "high molecular weight polyethylene oxide" is
defined for proposes of the present invention as having an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000. For the purpose
of this invention the approximate molecular weight is based on
rheological measurements. Polyethylene oxide is considered to have
an approximate molecular weight of 1,000,000 when a 2% (by wt)
aqueous solution of said polyethylene oxide using a Brookfield
viscometer Model RVF, spindle No. 1, at 10 rpm, at 25.degree. C.
shows a viscosity range of 400 to 800 mPa s (cP). Polyethylene
oxide is considered to have an approximate molecular weight of
2,000,000 when a 2% (by wt) aqueous solution of said polyethylene
oxide using a Brookfield viscometer Model RVF, spindle No. 3, at 10
rpm, at 25.degree. C. shows a viscosity range of 2000 to 4000 mPa s
(cP). Polyethylene oxide is considered to have an approximate
molecular weight of 4,000,000 when a 1% (by wt) aqueous solution of
said polyethylene oxide using a Brookfield viscometer Model RVF,
spindle No. 2, at 2 rpm, at 25.degree. C. shows a viscosity range
of 1650 to 5500 mPa s (cP). Polyethylene oxide is considered to
have an approximate molecular weight of 5,000,000 when a 1% (by wt)
aqueous solution of said polyethylene oxide using a Brookfield
viscometer Model RVF, spindle No. 2, at 2 rpm, at 25.degree. C.
shows a viscosity range of 5500 to 7500 mPa s (cP). Polyethylene
oxide is considered to have an approximate molecular weight of
7,000,000 when a 1% (by wt) aqueous solution of said polyethylene
oxide using a Brookfield viscometer Model RVF, spindle No. 2, at 2
rpm, at 25.degree. C. shows a viscosity range of 7500 to 10,000 mPa
s (cP). Polyethylene oxide is considered to have an approximate
molecular weight of 8,000,000 when a 1% (by wt) aqueous solution of
said polyethylene oxide using a Brookfield viscometer Model RVF,
spindle No. 2, at 2 rpm, at 25.degree. C. shows a viscosity range
of 10,000 to 15,000 mPa s (cP). Regarding the lower molecular
weight polyethylene oxides; Polyethylene oxide is considered to
have an approximate molecular weight of 100,000 when a 5% (by wt)
aqueous solution of said polyethylene oxide using a Brookfield
viscometer Model RVT, spindle No. 1, at 50 rpm, at 25.degree. C.
shows a viscosity range of 30 to 50 mPa s (cP) and polyethylene
oxide is considered to have an approximate molecular weight of
900,000 when a 5% (by wt) aqueous solution of said polyethylene
oxide using a Brookfield viscometer Model RVF, spindle No. 2, at 2
rpm, at 25.degree. C. shows a viscosity range of 8800 to 17,600 mPa
s (cP).
[0107] The term "low molecular weight polyethylene oxide" is
defined for purposes of the present invention as having, based on
the rheological measurements outlined above, an approximate
molecular weight of less than 1,000,000.
[0108] The term "direct compression" is defined for purposes of the
present invention as referring to a tableting process wherein the
tablet or any other compressed dosage form is made by a process
comprising the steps of dry blending the compounds and compressing
the dry blend to form the dosage form, e.g. by using a diffusion
blend and/or convection mixing process (e.g. Guidance for Industry,
SUPAC-IR/MR: Immediate Release and Modified Release Solid Oral
Dosage Forms, Manufacturing Equipment Addendum).
[0109] The term "bed of free flowing tablets" is defined for the
purposes of the present invention as referring to a batch of
tablets that are kept in motion with respect to each other as e.g.
in a coating pan set at a suitable rotation speed or in a fluidized
bed of tablets. The bed of free flowing tablets preferably reduces
or prevents the sticking of tablets to one another.
[0110] The term "flattening" and related terms as used in the
context of flattening tablets or other dosage forms in accordance
with the present invention means that a tablet is subjected to
force applied from a direction substantially perpendicular to the
diameter and substantially inline with the thickness of e.g. a
tablet. The force may be applied with a carver style bench press
(unless expressly mentioned otherwise) to the extent necessary to
achieve the target flatness/reduced thickness. According to certain
embodiments of the invention the flattening does not result in
breaking the tablet in pieces, however, edge spits and cracks may
occur. The flatness is described in terms of the thickness of the
flattened tablet compared to the thickness of the non-flattened
tablet expressed in % thickness, based on the thickness of the non
flattened tablet. Apart from tablets, the flattening can be applied
to any shape of a dosage form, wherein the force is applied from a
direction substantially in line with the smallest diameter (i.e.
the thickness) of the shape when the shape is other than spherical
and from any direction when the shape is spherical. The flatness is
then described in terms of the thickness/smallest diameter of the
flattened shape compared to the thickness/smallest diameter of the
non-flattened shape expressed in % thickness, based on the
thickness/smallest diameter of the non flattened shape, when the
initial shape is non spherical, or the % thickness, based on the
non flattened diameter when the initial shape is spherical. The
thickness is measured using a thickness gauge (e.g., digital
thickness gauge or digital caliper) In FIGS. 4 to 6 tablets are
shown that where flattened using a carver bench press. The initial
shape of the tablets is shown in FIGS. 1 to 3 on the left hand side
of the photograph.
[0111] In certain embodiments of the invention, apart from using a
bench press a hammer can be used for flattening tablets/dosage
forms. In such a flattening process hammer strikes are manually
applied from a direction substantially inline with the thickness of
e.g. the tablet. The flatness is then also described in terms of
the thickness/smallest diameter of the flattened shape compared to
the non-flattened shape expressed in % thickness, based on the
thickness/smallest diameter of the non-flattened shape when the
initial shape is non spherical, or the % thickness, based on the
non flattened diameter when the initial shape is spherical. The
thickness is measured using a thickness gauge (e.g., digital
thickness gauge or digital caliper).
[0112] By contrast, when conducting the breaking strength or tablet
hardness test as described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences,
18.sup.th edition, 1990, Chapter 89 "Oral Solid Dosage Forms",
pages 1633-1665, which is incorporated herein by reference, using
the Schleuniger Apparatus the tablet/dosage form is put between a
pair of flat plates arranged in parallel, and pressed by means of
the flat plates, such that the force is applied substantially
perpendicular to the thickness and substantially in line with the
diameter of the tablet, thereby reducing the diameter in that
direction. This reduced diameter is described in terms of %
diameter, based on the diameter of the tablet before conducting the
breaking strength test. The breaking strength or tablet hardness is
defined as the force at which the tested tablet/dosage form breaks.
Tablets/dosage forms that do not break, but which are deformed due
to the force applied are considered to be break-resistant at that
particular force.
[0113] A further test to quantify the strength of tablets/dosage
forms is the indentation test using a Texture Analyzer, such as the
TA-XT2 Texture Analyzer (Texture Technologies Corp., 18 Fairview
Road, Scarsdale, N.Y. 10583). In this method, the tablets/dosage
forms are placed on top of a stainless stand with slightly concaved
surface and subsequently penetrated by the descending probe of the
Texture Analyzer, such as a TA-8A 1/8 inch diameter stainless steel
ball probe. Before starting the measurement, the tablets are
aligned directly under the probe, such that the descending probe
will penetrate the tablet pivotally, i.e. in the center of the
tablet, and such that the force of the descending probe is applied
substantially perpendicular to the diameter and substantially in
line with the thickness of the tablet. First, the probe of the
Texture Analyzer starts to move towards the tablet sample at the
pre-test speed. When the probe contacts the tablet surface and the
trigger force set is reached, the probe continues its movement with
the test speed and penetrates the tablet. For each penetration
depth of the probe, which will hereinafter be referred to as
"distance", the corresponding force is measured, and the data are
collected. When the probe has reached the desired maximum
penetration depth, it changes direction and moves back at the
post-test speed, while further data can be collected. The cracking
force is defined to be the force of the first local maximum that is
reached in the corresponding force/distance diagram and is
calculated using for example the Texture Analyzer software "Texture
Expert Exceed, Version 2.64 English". Without wanting to be bound
by any theory, it is believed that at this point, some structural
damage to the tablet/dosage form occurs in form of cracking.
However, the cracked tablets/dosage forms according to certain
embodiments of the present invention remain cohesive, as evidenced
by the continued resistance to the descending probe. The
corresponding distance at the first local maximum is hereinafter
referred to as the "penetration depth to crack" distance.
[0114] For the purposes of certain embodiments of the present
invention, the term "breaking strength" refers to the hardness of
the tablets/dosage forms that is preferably measured using the
Schleuniger apparatus, whereas the term "cracking force" reflects
the strength of the tablets/dosage forms that is preferably
measured in the indentation test using a Texture Analyzer.
[0115] A further parameter of the extended release matrix
formulations that can be derived from the indentation test as
described above is the work the extended release matrix formulation
is subjected to in an indentation test as described above. The work
value corresponds to the integral of the force over the
distance.
[0116] The term "resistant to crushing" is defined for the purposes
of certain embodiments of the present invention as referring to
dosage forms that can at least be flattened with a bench press as
described above without breaking to no more than about 60%
thickness, preferably no more than about 50% thickness, more
preferred no more than about 40% thickness, even more preferred no
more than about 30% thickness and most preferred no more than about
20% thickness, 10% thickness or 5% thickness.
[0117] For the purpose of certain embodiments of the present
invention dosage forms are regarded as "resistant to alcohol
extraction" when the respective dosage form provides an in-vitro
dissolution rate, when measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at
100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF)
comprising 40% ethanol at 37.degree. C., characterized by the
percent amount of active released at 0.5 hours, preferably at 0.5
and 0.75 hours, more preferred at 0.5, 0.75 and 1 hour, even more
preferred at 0.5, 0.75, 1 and 1.5 hours and most preferred at 0.75,
1, 1.5 and 2 hours of dissolution that deviates no more than about
20% points or preferably no more than about 15% points at each of
said time points from the corresponding in-vitro dissolution rate
measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml
simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C.
without ethanol.
[0118] The term "tamper resistant" for the purposes of the present
invention refers to dosage forms which at least provide resistance
to crushing or resistance to alcohol extraction, preferably both,
as defined above and may have further tamper resistant
characteristics.
[0119] For the purpose of the present invention the term "active
agent" is defined as a pharmaceutically active substance which
includes without limitation opioid analgesics.
[0120] For purposes of the present invention, the term "opioid
analgesic" includes single compounds and compositions of compounds
selected from the group of opioids and which provide an analgesic
effect such as one single opioid agonist or a combination of opioid
agonists, one single mixed opioid agonist-antagonist or a
combination of mixed opioid agonist-antagonists, or one single
partial opioid agonist or a combination of partial opioid agonists
and combinations of an opioid agonists, mixed opioid
agonist-antagonists and partial opioid agonists with one ore more
opioid antagonists, stereoisomers, ether or ester, salts, hydrates
and solvates thereof, compositions of any of the foregoing, and the
like.
[0121] The present invention disclosed herein is specifically meant
to encompass the use of the opioid analgesic in form of any
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0122] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not
limited to, inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride,
hydrobromide, sulfate, phosphate and the like; organic acid salts
such as formate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, maleate, tartrate and
the like; sulfonates such as methanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate,
p-toluenesulfonate, and the like; amino acid salts such as
arginate, asparginate, glutamate and the like, and metal salts such
as sodium salt, potassium salt, cesium salt and the like; alkaline
earth metals such as calcium salt, magnesium salt and the like;
organic amine salts such as triethylamine salt, pyridine salt,
picoline salt, ethanolamine salt, triethanolamine salt,
dicyclohexylamine salt, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine salt and the
like.
[0123] The opioids used according to the present invention may
contain one or more asymmetric centers and may give rise to
enantiomers, diastereomers, or other stereoisomeric forms. The
present invention is also meant to encompass the use of all such
possible forms as well as their racemic and resolved forms and
compositions thereof. When the compounds described herein contain
olefinic double bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, it
is intended to include both E and Z geometric isomers. All
tautomers are intended to be encompassed by the present invention
as well.
[0124] As used herein, the term "stereoisomers" is a general term
for all isomers of individual molecules that differ only in the
orientation of their atoms is space. It includes enantiomers and
isomers of compounds with more than one chiral center that are not
mirror images of one another (diastereomers).
[0125] The term "chiral center" refers to a carbon atom to which
four different groups are attached.
[0126] The term "enantiomer" or "enantiomeric" refers to a molecule
that is nonsuperimposeable on its mirror image and hence optically
active wherein the enantiomer rotates the plane of polarized light
in one direction and its mirror image rotates the plane of
polarized light in the opposite direction.
[0127] The term "racemic" refers to a mixture of equal parts of
enantiomers and which is optically inactive.
[0128] The term "resolution" refers to the separation or
concentration or depletion of one of the two enantiomeric forms of
a molecule.
[0129] Opioid agonists useful in the present invention include, but
are not limited to, alfentanil, allylprodine, alphaprodine,
anileridine, benzylmorphine, bezitramide, buprenorphine,
butorphanol, clonitazene, codeine, desomorphine, dextromoramide,
dezocine, diampromide, diamorphone, dihydrocodeine,
dihydromorphine, dimenoxadol, dimepheptanol, dimethylthiambutene,
dioxaphetyl butyrate, dipipanone, eptazocine, ethoheptazine,
ethylmethylthiambutene, ethylmorphine, etonitazene, etorphine,
dihydroetorphine, fentanyl and derivatives, hydrocodone,
hydromorphone, hydroxypethidine, isomethadone, ketobemidone,
levorphanol, levophenacylmorphan, lofentanil, meperidine,
meptazinol, metazocine, methadone, metopon, morphine, myrophine,
narceine, nicomorphine, norlevorphanol, normethadone, nalorphine,
nalbuphene, normorphine, norpipanone, opium, oxycodone,
oxymorphone, papaveretum, pentazocine, phenadoxone, phenomorphan,
phenazocine, phenoperidine, piminodine, piritramide, propheptazine,
promedol, properidine, propoxyphene, sufentanil, tilidine,
tramadol, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates and solvates
thereof, mixtures of any of the foregoing, and the like.
[0130] Opioid antagonists useful in combination with opioid
agonists as described above are e.g. naloxone, naltrexone and
nalmephene or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates and
solvates thereof, mixtures of any of the foregoing, and the
like.
[0131] In certain embodiments e.g. a combination of oxycodone HCl
and naloxone HCl in a ratio of 2:1 is used.
[0132] In certain embodiments, the opioid analgesic is selected
from codeine, morphine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, or
oxymorphone or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates and
solvates thereof, mixtures of any of the foregoing, and the
like.
[0133] In certain embodiments, the opioid analgesic is oxycodone,
hydromorphone or oxymorphone or a salt thereof such as e.g. the
hydrochloride. The dosage form comprises from about 5 mg to about
500 mg oxycodone hydrochloride, from about 1 mg to about 100 mg
hydromorphone hydrochloride or from about 5 mg to about 500 mg
oxymorphone hydrochloride. If other salts, derivatives or forms are
used, equimolar amounts of any other pharmaceutically acceptable
salt or derivative or form including but not limited to hydrates
and solvates or the free base may be used. The dosage form
comprises e.g. 5 mg, 7.5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 45
mg, 60 mg, or 80 mg, 90 mg, 120 mg or 160 mg oxycodone
hydrochloride or equimolar amounts of any other pharmaceutically
acceptable salt, derivative or form including but not limited to
hydrates and solvates or of the free base. The dosage form
comprises e.g. 5 mg, 7.5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, 20 mg, 30, mg, 40 mg, 45
mg, 60 mg, or 80 mg, 90 mg, 120 mg or 160 mg oxymorphone
hydrochloride or equimolar amounts of any other pharmaceutically
acceptable salt, derivative or form including but not limited to
hydrates and solvates or of the free base. The dosage form
comprises e.g. 2 mg, 4 mg, 8 mg, 12 mg, 16 mg, 24 mg, 32 mg, 48 mg
or 64 mg hydromorphone hydrochloride or equimolar amounts of any
other pharmaceutically acceptable salt, derivative or form
including but not limited to hydrates and solvates or of the free
base.
[0134] WO 2005/097801 A1, U.S. Pat. No. 7,129,248 B2 and US
2006/0173029 A1, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference,
describe a process for preparing oxycodone hydrochloride having a
14-hydroxycodeinone level of less than about 25 ppm, preferably of
less than about 15 ppm, less than about 10 ppm, or less than about
5 ppm, more preferably of less than about 2 ppm, less than about 1
ppm, less than about 0.5 ppm or less than about 0.25 ppm.
[0135] The term "ppm" as used herein means "parts per million".
Regarding 14-hydroxycodeinone, "ppm" means parts per million of
14-hydroxycodeinone in a particular sample product. The
14-hydroxycodeinone level can be determined by any method known in
the art, preferably by HPLC analysis using UV detection.
[0136] In certain embodiments of the present invention, wherein the
active agent is oxycodone hydrochloride, oxycodone hydrochloride is
used having a 14-hydroxycodeinone level of less than about 25 ppm,
preferably of less than about 15 ppm, less than about 10 ppm, or
less than about 5 ppm, more preferably of less than about 2 ppm,
less than about 1 ppm, less than about 0.5 ppm or less than about
0.25 ppm.
[0137] In certain other embodiments other therapeutically active
agents may be used in accordance with the present invention, either
in combination with opioids or instead of opioids. Examples of such
therapeutically active agents include antihistamines (e.g.,
dimenhydrinate, diphenhydramine, chlorpheniramine and
dexchlorpheniramine maleate), non-steroidal anti-inflammatory
agents (e.g., naproxen, diclofenac, indomethacin, ibuprofen,
sulindac, Cox-2 inhibitors) and acetaminophen, anti-emetics (e.g.,
metoclopramide, methylnaltrexone), anti-epileptics (e.g.,
phenytoin, meprobmate and nitrazepam), vasodilators (e.g.,
nifedipine, papaverine, diltiazem and nicardipine), anti-tussive
agents and expectorants (e.g. codeine phosphate), anti-asthmatics
(e.g. theophylline), antacids, anti-spasmodics (e.g. atropine,
scopolamine), antidiabetics (e.g., insulin), diuretics (e.g.,
ethacrynic acid, bendrofluthiazide), anti-hypotensives (e.g.,
propranolol, clonidine), antihypertensives (e.g., clonidine,
methyldopa), bronchodilatiors (e.g., albuterol), steroids (e.g.,
hydrocortisone, triamcinolone, prednisone), antibiotics (e.g.,
tetracycline), antihemorrhoidals, hypnotics, psychotropics,
antidiarrheals, mucolytics, sedatives, decongestants (e.g.
pseudoephedrine), laxatives, vitamins, stimulants (including
appetite suppressants such as phenylpropanolamine) and
cannabinoids, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts,
hydrates, and solvates of the same.
[0138] In certain embodiments, the invention is directed to the use
of Cox-2 inhibitors as active agents, in combination with opioid
analgesics or instead of opioid analgesics, for example the use of
Cox-2 inhibitors such as meloxicam
(4-hydroxy-2-methyl-N-(5-methyl-2-thiazolyl)-2H-1,2-benzothiazine-3-carbo-
xamide-1,1-dioxide), as disclosed in U.S. Ser. Nos. 10/056,347 and
11/825,938, which are hereby incorporated by reference, nabumetone
(4-(6-methoxy-2-naphthyl)-2-butanone), as disclosed in U.S. Ser.
No. 10/056,348, which is hereby incorporated by reference,
celecoxib
(4-[5-(4-methylphenyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-1-ylibenzenesulfona-
mide), as disclosed in U.S. Ser. No. 11/698,394, which is hereby
incorporated by reference, nimesulide
(N-(4-Nitro-2-phenoxyphenyl)methanesulfonamide), as disclosed in
U.S. Ser. No. 10/057,630, which is hereby incorporated by
reference, and
N43-(formylamino)-4-oxo-6-phenoxy-4H-1-benzopyran-7-yl]methanesulfonamide
(T-614), as disclosed in U.S. Ser. No. 10/057,632, which is hereby
incorporated by reference.
[0139] The present invention is also directed to the dosage forms
utilizing active agents such as for example, benzodiazepines,
barbiturates or amphetamines. These may be combined with the
respective antagonists.
[0140] The term "benzodiazepines" refers to benzodiazepines and
drugs that are derivatives of benzodiazepine that are able to
depress the central nervous system. Benzodiazepines include, but
are not limited to, alprazolam, bromazepam, chlordiazepoxide,
clorazepate, diazepam, estazolam, flurazepam, halazepam, ketazolam,
lorazepam, nitrazepam, oxazepam, prazepam, quazepam, temazepam,
triazolam, methylphenidate as well as pharmaceutically acceptable
salts, hydrates, and solvates and mixtures thereof. Benzodiazepine
antagonists that can be used in the present invention include, but
are not limited to, flumazenil as well as pharmaceutically
acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates.
[0141] Barbiturates refer to sedative-hypnotic drugs derived from
barbituric acid (2, 4, 6,-trioxohexahydropyrimidine). Barbiturates
include, but are not limited to, amobarbital, aprobarbotal,
butabarbital, butalbital, methohexital, mephobarbital, metharbital,
pentobarbital, phenobarbital, secobarbital and as well as
pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates mixtures
thereof. Barbiturate antagonists that can be used in the present
invention include, but are not limited to, amphetamines as well as
pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates.
[0142] Stimulants refer to drugs that stimulate the central nervous
system.
[0143] Stimulants include, but are not limited to, amphetamines,
such as amphetamine, dextroamphetamine resin complex,
dextroamphetamine, methamphetamine, methylphenidate as well as
pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates and
mixtures thereof. Stimulant antagonists that can be used in the
present invention include, but are not limited to, benzodiazepines,
as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and
solvates as described herein.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0144] FIG. 1 is a photograph that depicts a top view (view is in
line with the thickness of the tablet) of tablets of Example 7.1
before (left side) and after (right side) the breaking strength
test using the Schleuniger Model 6D apparatus.
[0145] FIG. 2 is a photograph that depicts a top view (view is in
line with the thickness of the tablet) of tablets of Example 7.2
before (left side) and after (right side) the breaking strength
test using the Schleuniger Model 6D apparatus.
[0146] FIG. 3 is a photograph that depicts a top view (view is in
line with the thickness of the tablet) of tablets of Example 7.3
before (left side) and after (right side) the breaking strength
test using the Schleuniger Model 6D apparatus.
[0147] FIG. 4 is a photograph that depicts a top view (view is in
line with the thickness of the tablet) of a tablet of Example 7.1
after flattening with a Carver manual bench press (hydraulic unit
model #3912).
[0148] FIG. 5 is a photograph that depicts a top view (view is in
line with the thickness of the tablet) of a tablet of Example 7.2
after flattening with a Carver manual bench press (hydraulic unit
model #3912).
[0149] FIG. 6 is a photograph that depicts a top view (view is in
line with the thickness of the tablet) of a tablet of Example 7.3
after flattening with a Carver manual bench press (hydraulic unit
model #3912).
[0150] FIG. 7 is a photograph that depicts a top view (view is in
line with the thickness of the tablet) of a tablet of Example 7.1
after 10 manually conducted hammer strikes.
[0151] FIG. 8 is a photograph that depicts a top view (view is in
line with the thickness of the tablet) of a tablet of Example 7.2
after 10 manually conducted hammer strikes.
[0152] FIG. 9 is a photograph that depicts a top view (view is in
line with the thickness of the tablet) of a tablet of Example 7.3
after 10 manually conducted hammer strikes.
[0153] FIG. 10 is a diagram that depicts the temperature profile of
the curing process of Example 13.1.
[0154] FIG. 11 is a diagram that depicts the temperature profile of
the curing process of Example 13.2.
[0155] FIG. 12 is a diagram that depicts the temperature profile of
the curing process of Example 13.3.
[0156] FIG. 13 is a diagram that depicts the temperature profile of
the curing process of Example 13.4.
[0157] FIG. 14 is a diagram that depicts the temperature profile of
the curing process of Example 13.5.
[0158] FIG. 15 is a diagram that depicts the temperature profile of
the curing process of Example 14.1.
[0159] FIG. 16 is a diagram that depicts the temperature profile of
the curing process of Example 14.2.
[0160] FIG. 17 is a diagram that depicts the temperature profile of
the curing process of Example 14.3.
[0161] FIG. 18 is a diagram that depicts the temperature profile of
the curing process of Example 14.4.
[0162] FIG. 19 is a diagram that depicts the temperature profile of
the curing process of Example 14.5.
[0163] FIG. 20 is a diagram of Example 20 indentation test
performed with an Example 13.1 tablet (cured for 30 minutes,
uncoated).
[0164] FIG. 21 is a diagram of Example 20 indentation test
performed with an Example 13.2 tablet (cured for 30 minutes,
uncoated).
[0165] FIG. 22 is a diagram of Example 20 indentation test
performed with an Example 13.3 tablet (cured for 30 minutes,
uncoated).
[0166] FIG. 23 is a diagram of Example 20 indentation test
performed with an Example 13.4 tablet (cured for 30 minutes,
uncoated).
[0167] FIG. 24 is a diagram of Example 20 indentation test
performed with an Example 13.5 tablet (cured for 30 minutes,
uncoated).
[0168] FIG. 25 is a diagram of Example 20 indentation test
performed with an Example 17.1 tablet (cured for 15 minutes at
72.degree. C., coated).
[0169] FIG. 26 is a diagram of Example 20 indentation test
performed with an Example 18.2 tablet (cured for 15 minutes at
72.degree. C., coated).
[0170] FIG. 27 is a diagram of Example 20 indentation test
performed with an Example 14.1 tablet (cured for 1 hour,
coated).
[0171] FIG. 28 is a diagram of Example 20 indentation test
performed with an Example 14.2 tablet (cured for 1 hour,
coated).
[0172] FIG. 29 is a diagram of Example 20 indentation test
performed with an Example 14.3 tablet (cured for 1 hour,
coated).
[0173] FIG. 30 is a diagram of Example 20 indentation test
performed with an Example 14.4 tablet (cured for 1 hour,
coated).
[0174] FIG. 31 is a diagram of Example 20 indentation test
performed with an Example 14.5 tablet (cured for 1 hour,
coated).
[0175] FIG. 32 is a diagram of Example 20 indentation test
performed with an Example 16.1 tablet (cured for 15 minutes,
coated).
[0176] FIG. 33 is a diagram of Example 20 indentation test
performed with an Example 16.2 tablet (cured for 15 minutes,
coated).
[0177] FIG. 34 is a diagram of Example 21 indentation tests
performed with an Example 16.1 tablet (cured for 15 minutes,
coated) and with a commercial Oxycontin.TM. 60 mg tablet.
[0178] FIG. 35 is a diagram of Example 21 indentation tests
performed with an Example 16.2 tablet (cured for 15 minutes,
coated) and with a commercial Oxycontin.TM. 80 mg tablet.
[0179] FIG. 36 shows the mean plasma oxycodone concentration versus
time profile on linear scale [Population: Full Analysis (Fed
State)] according to Example 26.
[0180] FIG. 37 shows the mean plasma oxycodone concentration versus
time profile on log-linear scale [Population: Full Analysis (Fed
State)] according to Example 26.
[0181] FIG. 38 shows the mean plasma oxycodone concentration versus
time profile on linear scale [Population: Full Analysis (Fasted
State)] according to Example 26.
[0182] FIG. 39 shows the mean plasma oxycodone concentration versus
time profile on log-linear scale [Population: Full Analysis (Fasted
State)] according to Example 26.
[0183] FIG. 40 shows representative images of crushed OxyContin.TM.
10 mg and crushed Example 7.2 tablets, according to Example 27.
[0184] FIG. 41 shows representative images of milled Example 7.2
and OxyContm.TM. 10 mg tablets before and after 45 minutes of
dissolution, according to Example 27.
[0185] FIG. 42 shows dissolution profiles of milled Example 7.2
tablets and crushed OxyContin.TM. 10 mg tablets, according to
Example 27.
[0186] FIG. 43 shows particle size distribution graphs of milled
tablets (OxyContin.TM. 10 mg, Example 7.2 and Example 14.5
tablets), according to Example 27.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0187] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a process of preparing a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical
dosage form, comprising at least the steps of: [0188] (a) combining
at least [0189] (1) at least one polyethylene oxide having, based
on rheological measurements, an approximate molecular weight of at
least 1,000,000, and [0190] (2) at least one active agent, to form
a composition; [0191] (b) shaping the composition to form an
extended release matrix formulation; and [0192] (c) curing said
extended release matrix formulation comprising at least a curing
step of subjecting the extended release matrix formulation to a
temperature which is at least the softening temperature of said
polyethylene oxide for a time period of at least about 1 minute.
Preferably, the curing is conducted at atmospheric pressure.
[0193] In a certain embodiment the present invention concerns a
process of preparing a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical
dosage form, comprising at least the steps of: [0194] (a) combining
at least [0195] (1) at least one polyethylene oxide having, based
on rheological measurements, an molecular weight of at least
1,000,000; and [0196] (2) at least one active agent, [0197] to form
a composition; [0198] (b) shaping the composition to form an
extended release matrix formulation; and [0199] (c) curing said
extended release matrix formulation comprising at least a curing
step of subjecting the extended release matrix formulation to a
temperature which is at least the softening temperature of said
polyethylene oxide for a time period of at least 5 minutes.
Preferably, the curing is conducted at atmospheric pressure.
[0200] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a process of preparing a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical
dosage form, comprising at least the steps of: [0201] (a) combining
at least [0202] (1) at least one polyethylene oxide having, based
on rheological measurements, an approximate molecular weight of at
least 1,000,000, and [0203] (2) at least one active agent, to form
a composition; [0204] (b) shaping the composition to form an
extended release matrix formulation; and [0205] (c) curing said
extended release matrix formulation comprising at least a curing
step wherein said polyethylene oxide at least partially melts.
[0206] Preferably, the curing is conducted at atmospheric
pressure.
[0207] In certain embodiments the composition is shaped in step b)
to form an extended release matrix formulation in the form of
tablet. For shaping the extended release matrix formulation in the
form of tablet a direct compression process can be used. Direct
compression is an efficient and simple process for shaping tablets
by avoiding process steps like wet granulation. However, any other
process for manufacturing tablets as known in the art may be used,
such as wet granulation and subsequent compression of the granules
to form tablets.
[0208] In one embodiment, the curing of the extended release matrix
formulation in step c) comprises at least a curing step wherein the
high molecular weight polyethylene oxide in the extended release
matrix formulation at least partially melts. For example, at least
about 20% or at least about 30% of the high molecular weight
polyethylene oxide in the extended release matrix formulation
melts. Preferably, at least about 40% or at least about 50%, more
preferably at least about 60%, at least about 75% or at least about
90% of the high molecular weight polyethylene oxide in the extended
release matrix formulation melts. In a preferred embodiment, about
100% of the high molecular weight polyethylene oxide melts.
[0209] In other embodiments, the curing of the extended release
matrix formulation in step c) comprises at least a curing step
wherein the extended release matrix formulation is subjected to an
elevated temperature for a certain period of time. In such
embodiments, the temperature employed in step c), i.e. the curing
temperature, is at least as high as the softening temperature of
the high molecular weight polyethylene oxide. Without wanting to be
bound to any theory it is believed that the curing at a temperature
that is at least as high as the softening temperature of the high
molecular weight polyethylene oxide causes the polyethylene oxide
particles to at least adhere to each other or even to fuse.
According to some embodiments the curing temperature is at least
about 60.degree. C. or at least about 62.degree. C. or ranges from
about 62.degree. C. to about 90.degree. C. or from about 62.degree.
C. to about 85.degree. C. or from about 62.degree. C. to about
80.degree. C. or from about 65.degree. C. to about 90.degree. C. or
from about 65.degree. C. to about 85.degree. C. or from about
65.degree. C. to about 80.degree. C. The curing temperature
preferably ranges from about 68.degree. C. to about 90.degree. C.
or from about 68.degree. C. to about 85.degree. C. or from about
68.degree. C. to about 80.degree. C., more preferably from about
70.degree. C. to about 90.degree. C. or from about 70.degree. C. to
about 85.degree. C. or from about 70.degree. C. to about 80.degree.
C., most preferably from about 72.degree. C. to about 90.degree. C.
or from about 72.degree. C. to about 85.degree. C. or from about
72.degree. C. to about 80.degree. C. The curing temperature may be
at least about 60.degree. C. or at least about 62.degree. C., but
less than about 90.degree. C. or less than about 80.degree. C.
Preferably, it is in the range of from about 62.degree. C. to about
72.degree. C., in particular from about 68.degree. C. to about
72.degree. C. Preferably, the curing temperature is at least as
high as the lower limit of the softening temperature range of the
high molecular weight polyethylene oxide or at least about
62.degree. C. or at least about 68.degree. C. More preferably, the
curing temperature is within the softening temperature range of the
high molecular weight polyethylene oxide or at least about
70.degree. C. Even more preferably, the curing temperature is at
least as high as the upper limit of the softening temperature range
of the high molecular weight polyethylene oxide or at least about
72.degree. C. In an alternative embodiment, the curing temperature
is higher than the upper limit of the softening temperature range
of the high molecular weight polyethylene oxide, for example the
curing temperature is at least about 75.degree. C. or at least
about 80.degree. C.
[0210] In those embodiments where the curing of the extended
release matrix formulation in step c) comprises at least a curing
step wherein the extended release matrix formulation is subjected
to an elevated temperature for a certain period of time, this
period of time is hereinafter referred to as the curing time. For
the measurement of the curing time a starting point and an end
point of the curing step is defined. For the purposes of the
present invention, the starting point of the curing step is defined
to be the point in time when the curing temperature is reached.
[0211] In certain embodiments, the temperature profile during the
curing step shows a plateau-like form between the starting point
and the end point of the curing. In such embodiments the end point
of the curing step is defined to be the point in time when the
heating is stopped or at least reduced, e.g. by terminating or
reducing the heating and/or by starting a subsequent cooling step,
and the temperature subsequently drops below the curing temperature
by more than about 10.degree. C. and/or below the lower limit of
the softening temperature range of high molecular weight
polyethylene oxide, for example below about 62.degree. C. When the
curing temperature is reached and the curing step is thus started,
deviations from the curing temperature in the course of the curing
step can occur. Such deviations are tolerated as long as they do
not exceed a value of about .+-.10.degree. C., preferably about
.+-.6.degree. C., and more preferably about .+-.3.degree. C. For
example, if a curing temperature of at least about 75.degree. C. is
to be maintained, the measured temperature may temporarily increase
to a value of about 85.degree. C., preferably about 81.degree. C.
and more preferably about 78.degree. C., and the measured
temperature may also temporarily drop down to a value of about
65.degree. C., preferably about 69.degree. C. and more preferably
about 72.degree. C. In the cases of a larger decrease of the
temperature and/or in the case that the temperature drops below the
lower limit of the softening temperature range of high molecular
weight polyethylene oxide, for example below about 62.degree. C.,
the curing step is discontinued, i.e. an end point is reached.
Curing can be restarted by again reaching the curing
temperature.
[0212] In other embodiments, the temperature profile during the
curing step shows a parabolic or triangular form between the
starting point and the end point of the curing. This means that
after the starting point, i.e. the point in time when the curing
temperature is reached, the temperature further increases to reach
a maximum, and then decreases. In such embodiments, the end point
of the curing step is defined to be the point in time when the
temperature drops below the curing temperature.
[0213] In this context, it has to be noted that depending on the
apparatus used for the curing, which will hereinafter be called
curing device, different kinds of temperatures within the curing
device can be measured to characterize the curing temperature.
[0214] In certain embodiments, the curing step may take place in an
oven. In such embodiments, the temperature inside the oven is
measured. Based thereon, when the curing step takes place in an
oven, the curing temperature is defined to be the target inside
temperature of the oven and the starting point of the curing step
is defined to be the point in time when the inside temperature of
the oven reaches the curing temperature. The end point of the
curing step is defined to be (1) the point in time when the heating
is stopped or at least reduced and the temperature inside the oven
subsequently drops below the curing temperature by more than about
10.degree. C. and/or below the lower limit of the softening
temperature range of high molecular weight polyethylene oxide, for
example below about 62.degree. C., in a plateau-like temperature
profile or (2) the point in time when the temperature inside the
oven drops below the curing temperature in a parabolic or
triangular temperature profile. Preferably, the curing step starts
when the temperature inside the oven reaches a curing temperature
of at least about 62.degree. C., at least about 68.degree. C. or at
least about 70.degree. C., more preferably of at least about
72.degree. C. or at least about 75.degree. C. In preferred
embodiments, the temperature profile during the curing step shows a
plateau-like form, wherein the curing temperature, i.e. the inside
temperature of the oven, is preferably at least about 68.degree.
C., for example about 70.degree. C. or about 72.degree. C. or about
73.degree. C., or lies within a range of from about 70.degree. C.
to about 75.degree. C., and the curing time is preferably in the
range of from about 30 minutes to about 20 hours, more preferably
from about 30 minutes to about 15 hours, or from about 30 minutes
to about 4 hours or from about 30 minutes to about 2 hours. Most
preferably, the curing time is in the range of from about 30
minutes to about 90 minutes.
[0215] In certain other embodiments, the curing takes place in
curing devices that are heated by an air flow and comprise a heated
air supply (inlet) and an exhaust, like for example a coating pan
or fluidized bed. Such curing devices will hereinafter be called
convection curing devices. In such curing devices, it is possible
to measure the temperature of the inlet air, i.e. the temperature
of the heated air entering the convection curing device and/or the
temperature of the exhaust air, i.e. the temperature of the air
leaving the convection curing device. It is also possible to
determine or at least estimate the temperature of the formulations
inside the convection curing device during the curing step, e.g. by
using infrared temperature measurement instruments, such as an IR
gun, or by measuring the temperature using a temperature probe that
was placed inside the curing device near the extended release
matrix formulations. Based thereon, when the curing step takes
place in a convection curing device, the curing temperature can be
defined and the curing time can be measured as the following.
[0216] In one embodiment, wherein the curing time is measured
according to method 1, the curing temperature is defined to be the
target inlet air temperature and the starting point of the curing
step is defined to be the point in time when the inlet air
temperature reaches the curing temperature. The end point of the
curing step is defined to be (1) the point in time when the heating
is stopped or at least reduced and the inlet air temperature
subsequently drops below the curing temperature by more than about
10.degree. C. and/or below the lower limit of the softening
temperature range of high molecular weight polyethylene oxide, for
example below about 62.degree. C., in a plateau-like temperature
profile or (2) the point in time when the inlet air temperature
drops below the curing temperature in a parabolic or triangular
temperature profile. Preferably, the curing step starts according
to method 1, when the inlet air temperature reaches a curing
temperature of at least about 62.degree. C., at least about
68.degree. C. or at least about 70.degree. C., more preferably, of
at least about 72.degree. C. or at least about 75.degree. C. In a
preferred embodiment, the temperature profile during the curing
step shows a plateau-like form, wherein the curing temperature,
i.e. the target inlet air temperature, is preferably at least about
72.degree. C., for example about 75.degree. C., and the curing time
which is measured according to method 1 is preferably in the range
of from about 15 minutes to about 2 hours, for example about 30
minutes or about 1 hour.
[0217] In another embodiment, wherein the curing time is measured
according to method 2, the curing temperature is defined to be the
target exhaust air temperature and the starting point of the curing
step is defined to be the point in time when the exhaust air
temperature reaches the curing temperature. The end point of the
curing step is defined to be (1) the point in time when the heating
is stopped or at least reduced and the exhaust air temperature
subsequently drops below the curing temperature by more than about
10.degree. C. and/or below the lower limit of the softening
temperature range of high molecular weight polyethylene oxide, for
example below about 62.degree. C., in a plateau-like temperature
profile or (2) the point in time when the exhaust air temperature
drops below the curing temperature in a parabolic or triangular
temperature profile. Preferably, the curing step starts according
to method 2, when the exhaust air temperature reaches a curing
temperature of at least about 62.degree. C., at least about
68.degree. C. or at least about 70.degree. C., more preferably, of
at least about 72.degree. C. or at least about 75.degree. C. In
preferred embodiments, the temperature profile during the curing
step shows a plateau-like form, wherein the curing temperature,
i.e. the target exhaust air temperature, is preferably at least
about 68.degree. C., at least about 70.degree. C. or at least about
72.degree. C., for example the target exhaust air temperature is
about 68.degree. C., about 70.degree. C., about 72.degree. C.,
about 75.degree. C. or about 78.degree. C., and the curing time
which is measured according to method 2 is preferably in the range
of from about 1 minute to about 2 hours, preferably from about 5
minutes to about 90 minutes, for example the curing time is about 5
minutes, about 10 minutes, about 15 minutes, about 30 minutes,
about 60 minutes, about 70 minutes, about 75 minutes or about 90
minutes. In a more preferred embodiment, the curing time which is
measured according to method 2 is in the range of from about 15
minutes to about 1 hour.
[0218] In a further embodiment, wherein the curing time is measured
according to method 3, the curing temperature is defined to be the
target temperature of the extended release matrix formulations and
the starting point of the curing step is defined to be the point in
time when the temperature of the extended release matrix
formulations, which can be measured for example by an IR gun,
reaches the curing temperature. The end point of the curing step is
defined to be (1) the point in time when the heating is stopped or
at least reduced and the temperature of the extended release matrix
formulations subsequently drops below the curing temperature by
more than about 10.degree. C. and/or below the lower limit of the
softening temperature range of high molecular weight polyethylene
oxide, for example below about 62.degree. C., in a plateau-like
temperature profile or (2) the point in time when the temperature
of the extended release matrix formulations drops below the curing
temperature in a parabolic or triangular temperature profile.
Preferably, the curing step starts according to method 3, when the
temperature of the extended release matrix formulations reaches a
curing temperature of at least about 62.degree. C., at least about
68.degree. C. or at least about 70.degree. C., more preferably, of
at least about 72.degree. C. or at least about 75.degree. C.
[0219] In still another embodiment, wherein the curing time is
measured according to method 4, the curing temperature is defined
to be the target temperature measured using a temperature probe,
such as a wire thermocouple, that was placed inside the curing
device near the extended release matrix formulations and the
starting point of the curing step is defined to be the point in
time when the temperature measured using a temperature probe that
was placed inside the curing device near the extended release
matrix formulations reaches the curing temperature. The end point
of the curing step is defined to be (1) the point in time when the
heating is stopped or at least reduced and the temperature measured
using the temperature probe subsequently drops below the curing
temperature by more than about 10.degree. C. and/or below the lower
limit of the softening temperature range of high molecular weight
polyethylene oxide, for example below about 62.degree. C., in a
plateau-like temperature profile or (2) the point in time when the
temperature measured using the temperature probe drops below the
curing temperature in a parabolic or triangular temperature
profile. Preferably, the curing step starts according to method 4,
when the temperature measured using a temperature probe that was
placed inside the curing device near the extended release matrix
formulations reaches a curing temperature of at least about
62.degree. C., at least about 68.degree. C. or at least about
70.degree. C., more preferably, of at least about 72.degree. C. or
at least about 75.degree. C. In a preferred embodiment, the
temperature profile during the curing step shows a plateau-like
form, wherein the curing temperature, i.e. the target temperature
measured using a temperature probe that was placed inside the
curing device near the extended release matrix formulations, is
preferably at least about 68.degree. C., for example it is about
70.degree. C., and the curing time which is measured according to
method 4 is preferably in the range of from about 15 minutes to
about 2 hours, for example the curing time is about 60 minutes or
about 90 minutes.
[0220] If curing takes place in a convection curing device, the
curing time can be measured by any one of methods 1, 2, 3 or 4. In
a preferred embodiment, the curing time is measured according to
method 2.
[0221] In certain embodiments, the curing temperature is defined as
a target temperature range, for example the curing temperature is
defined as a target inlet air temperature range or a target exhaust
air temperature range. In such embodiments, the starting point of
the curing step is defined to be the point in time when the lower
limit of the target temperature range is reached, and the end point
of the curing step is defined to be the point in time when the
heating is stopped or at least reduced, and the temperature
subsequently drops below the lower limit of the target temperature
range by more than about 10.degree. C. and/or below the lower limit
of the softening temperature range of high molecular weight
polyethylene oxide, for example below about 62.degree. C.
[0222] The curing time, i.e. the time period the extended release
matrix formulation is subjected to the curing temperature, which
can for example be measured according to methods 1, 2, 3 and 4 as
described above, is at least about 1 minute or at least about 5
minutes. The curing time may vary from about 1 minute to about 24
hours or from about 5 minutes to about 20 hours or from about 10
minutes to about 15 hours or from about 15 minutes to about 10
hours or from about 30 minutes to about 5 hours depending on the
specific composition and on the formulation and the curing
temperature. The parameter of the composition, the curing time and
the curing temperature are chosen to achieve the tamper resistance
as described herein. According to certain embodiments the curing
time varies from about 15 minutes to about 30 minutes. According to
further embodiments wherein the curing temperature is at least
about 60.degree. C. or at least about 62.degree. C., preferably at
least about 68.degree. C., at least about 70.degree. C., at least
about 72.degree. C. or at least about 75.degree. C. or varies from
about 62.degree. C. to about 85.degree. C. or from about 65.degree.
C. to about 85.degree. C. the curing time is preferably at least
about 15 minutes, at least about 30 minutes, at least about 60
minutes, at least about 75 minutes, at least about 90 minutes or
about 120 minutes. In preferred embodiments, wherein the curing
temperature is for example at least about 62.degree. C., at least
about 68.degree. C. or at least about 70.degree. C., preferably at
least about 72.degree. C. or at least about 75.degree. C., or
ranges from about 62.degree. C. to about 80.degree. C., from about
65.degree. C. to about 80.degree. C., from about 68.degree. C. to
about 80.degree. C., from about 70.degree. C. to about 80.degree.
C. or from about 72.degree. C. to about 80.degree. C., the curing
time is preferably at least about 1 minute or at least about 5
minutes. More preferably, the curing time is at least about 10
minutes, at least about 15 minutes or at least about 30 minutes. In
certain such embodiments, the curing time can be chosen to be as
short as possible while still achieving the desired tamper
resistance. For example, the curing time preferably does not exceed
about 5 hours, more preferably it does not exceed about 3 hours and
most preferably it does not exceed about 2 hours.
[0223] Preferably, the curing time is in the range of from about 1
minute to about 5 hours, from about 5 minutes to about 3 hours,
from about 15 minutes to about 2 hours or from about 15 minutes to
about 1 hour. Any combination of the curing temperatures and the
curing times as disclosed herein lies within the scope of the
present invention.
[0224] In certain embodiments, the composition is only subjected to
the curing temperature until the high molecular weight polyethylene
oxide present in the extended release matrix formulation has
reached its softening temperature and/or at least partially melts.
In certain such embodiments, the curing time may be less than about
5 minutes, for example the curing time may vary from about 0
minutes to about 3 hours or from about 1 minute to about 2 hours or
from about 2 minutes to about 1 hour. Instant curing is possible by
choosing a curing device which allows for an instant heating of the
high molecular weight polyethylene oxide in the extended release
matrix formulation to at least its softening temperature, so that
the high molecular weight polyethylene oxide at least partially
melts. Such curing devices are for example microwave ovens,
ultrasound devices, light irradiation apparatus such as
UV-irradiation apparatus, ultra-high frequency (UHF) fields or any
method known to the person skilled in the art.
[0225] The skilled person is aware that the size of the extended
release matrix formulation may determine the required curing time
and curing temperature to achieve the desired tamper resistance.
Without wanting to be bound by any theory, it is believed that in
the case of a large extended release matrix formulation, such as a
large tablet, a longer curing time is necessary to conduct the heat
into the interior of the formulation than in the case of a
corresponding formulation with smaller size. Higher temperature
increases the thermal conductivity rate and thereby decreases the
required curing time.
[0226] The curing step c) may take place in an oven.
Advantageously, the curing step c) takes place in a bed of free
flowing extended release matrix formulations as e.g. in a coating
pan. The coating pan allows an efficient batch wise curing step
which can subsequently be followed by a coating step without the
need to transfer the dosage forms, e.g. the tablets. Such a process
may comprise the steps of: [0227] (a) combining at least [0228] (1)
at least one polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological
measurements, an approximate molecular weight of at least
1,000,000, and [0229] (2) at least one active agent, to form a
composition; [0230] (b) shaping said composition to form the
extended release matrix formulation in the form of a tablet by
direct compression; [0231] (c) curing said tablet by [0232]
subjecting a bed of free flowing tablets to a temperature from
about 62.degree. C. to about 90.degree. C., preferably from about
70.degree. C. to about 90.degree. C. for a time period of at least
about 1 minute or at least about 5 minutes, preferably of at least
about 30 minutes, in a coating pan and [0233] subsequently cooling
the bed of free flowing tablets to a temperature of below about
50.degree. C.; [0234] and subsequently [0235] (d) coating the
dosage form in said coating pan.
[0236] In certain embodiments, an additional curing step can follow
after step d) of coating the dosage form. An additional curing step
can be performed as described for curing step c). In certain such
embodiments, the curing temperature of the additional curing step
is preferably at least about 70.degree. C., at least about
72.degree. C. or at least about 75.degree. C., and the curing time
is preferably in the range of from about 15 minutes to about 1
hour, for example about 30 minutes.
[0237] In certain embodiments an antioxidant, e.g. BHT (butylated
hydroxytoluene) is added to the composition.
[0238] In certain embodiments, the curing step c) leads to a
decrease in the density of the extended release matrix formulation,
such that the density of the cured extended release matrix
formulation is lower than the density of the extended release
matrix formulation prior to the curing step c). Preferably, the
density of the cured extended release matrix formulation in
comparison to the density of the uncured extended release matrix
formulation decreases by at least about 0.5%. More preferably, the
density of the cured extended release matrix formulation in
comparison to the density of the uncured extended release matrix
formulation decreases by at least about 0.7%, at least about 0.8%,
at least about 1.0%, at least about 2.0% or at least about 2.5%.
Without wanting to be bound by any theory, it is believed that the
extended release matrix formulation, due to the absence of elevated
pressure during the curing step c), expands, resulting in a density
decrease.
[0239] According to a further aspect of the invention, the density
of the extended release matrix formulation in the solid oral
extended release pharmaceutical dosage form, preferably in a dosage
form containing oxycodone HCl as active agent, is equal to or less
than about 1.20 g/cm.sup.3. Preferably, it is equal to or less than
about 1.19 g/cm.sup.3, equal to or less than about 1.18 g/cm.sup.3,
or equal to or less than about 1.17 g/cm.sup.3. For example, the
density of the extended release matrix formulation is in the range
of from about 1.10 g/cm.sup.3 to about 1.20 g/cm.sup.3, from about
1.11 g/cm.sup.3 to about 1.20 g/cm.sup.3, or from about 1.11
g/cm.sup.3 to about 1.19 g/cm.sup.3. Preferably it is in the range
of from about 1.12 g/cm.sup.3 to about 1.19 g/cm.sup.3 or from
about 1.13 g/cm.sup.3 to about 1.19 g/cm.sup.3, more preferably
from about 1.13 g/cm.sup.3 to about 1.18 g/cm.sup.3.
[0240] The density of the extended release matrix formulation is
preferably determined by Archimedes Principle using a liquid of
known density (.rho..sub.0). The extended release matrix
formulation is first weighed in air and then immersed in a liquid
and weighed. From these two weights, the density of the extended
release matrix formulation p can be determined by the equation:
.rho. = A A - B .rho. 0 ##EQU00001##
wherein .rho. is the density of the extended release matrix
formulation, A is the weight of the extended release matrix
formulation in air, B is the weight of the extended release matrix
formulation when immersed in a liquid and .rho..sub.0 is the
density of the liquid at a given temperature. A suitable liquid of
known density .rho..sub.0 is for example hexane.
[0241] Preferably, the density of an extended release matrix
formulation is measured using a Top-loading Mettler Toledo balance
Model #AB 135-S/FACT, Serial #1127430072 and a density
determination kit 33360. Preferably, hexane is used as liquid of
known density .rho..sub.0.
[0242] The density values throughout this document correspond to
the density of the extended release matrix formulation at room
temperature.
[0243] The density of the extended release matrix formulation
preferably refers to the density of the uncoated formulation, for
example to the density of a core tablet. In those embodiments,
wherein the extended release matrix formulation is coated, for
example wherein the extended release matrix formulation is
subjected to a coating step d) after the curing step c), the
density of the extended release matrix formulation is preferably
measured prior to performing the coating step, or by removing the
coating from a coated extended release matrix formulation and
subsequently measuring the density of the uncoated extended release
matrix formulation.
[0244] In the above described embodiments high molecular weight
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of from 2,000,000 to 15,000,000 or
from 2,000,000 to 8,000,000 may be used. In particular polyethylene
oxides having, based on rheological measurements, an approximate
molecular weight of 2,000,000, 4,000,000, 7,000,000 or 8,000,000
may be used. In particular polyethylene oxides having, based on
rheological measurements, an approximate molecular weight of
4,000,000, may be used.
[0245] In embodiments wherein the composition further comprises at
least one low molecular weight polyethylene oxide is used
polyethylene oxides having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of less than 1,000,000, such as
polyethylene oxides having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of from 100,000 to 900,000 may be
used. The addition of such low molecular weight polyethylene oxides
may be used to specifically tailor the release rate such as enhance
the release rate of a formulation that otherwise provides a release
rate to slow for the specific purpose. In such embodiments at least
one polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements,
an approximate molecular weight of 100,000 may be used.
[0246] In certain such embodiments the composition comprises at
least one polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological
measurements, an approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000
and at least one polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological
measurements, an approximate molecular weight of less than
1,000,000, wherein the composition comprises at least about 10% (by
wt) or at least about 20% (by wt) of the polyethylene oxide having,
based on rheological measurements, an approximate molecular weight
of less than 1,000,000. In certain such embodiments the curing
temperature is less than about 80.degree. C. or even less than
about 77.degree. C.
[0247] In certain embodiments the overall content of polyethylene
oxide in the composition is at least about 80% (by wt). Without
wanting to be bound to any theory it is believed that high contents
of polyethylene oxide provide for the tamper resistance as
described herein, such as the breaking strength and the resistance
to alcohol extraction. According to certain such embodiments the
active agent is oxycodone hydrochloride and the composition
comprises more than about 5% (by wt) of the oxycodone
hydrochloride.
[0248] In certain such embodiments the content in the composition
of the at least one polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological
measurements, an approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000
is at least about 80% (by wt). In certain embodiments the content
in the composition of the at least one polyethylene oxide having,
based on rheological measurements, an approximate molecular weight
of at least 1,000,000 is at least about 85% or at least about 90%
(by wt). In such embodiments a polyethylene oxide having, based on
rheological measurements, an approximate molecular weight of at
least 4,000,000 or at least 7,000,000 may be employed. In certain
such embodiments the active agent is oxycodone hydrochloride or
hydromorphone hydrochloride, although other active agents can also
be used according to this aspect of the invention, and the
composition comprises more than about 5% (by wt) oxycodone
hydrochloride or hydromorphone hydrochloride.
[0249] In certain embodiments wherein the amount of drug in the
composition is at least about 20% (by wt) the polyethylene oxide
content may be as low as about 75% (by wt). In another embodiment,
wherein the amount of drug in the composition is in the range of
from about 25% (by wt) to about 35% (by wt), the polyethylene oxide
content may be in the range of from about 65% (by wt) to about 75%
(by wt). For example, in embodiments wherein the amount of drug in
the composition is about 32% (by wt) the polyethylene oxide content
may be about 67% (by wt).
[0250] In certain embodiments of the invention magnesium stearate
is added during or after the curing process/curing step in order to
avoid that the tablets stick together. In certain such embodiments
the magnesium stearate is added at the end of the curing
process/curing step before cooling the tablets or during the
cooling of the tablets. Other anti-tacking agents that could be
used would be talc, silica, fumed silica, colloidal silica dioxide,
calcium stearate, carnauba wax, long chain fatty alcohols and
waxes, such as stearic acid and stearyl alcohol, mineral oil,
paraffin, micro crystalline cellulose, glycerin, propylene glycol,
and polyethylene glycol. Additionally or alternatively the coating
can be started at the high temperature.
[0251] In certain embodiments, wherein curing step c) is carried
out in a coating pan, sticking of tablets can be avoided or
sticking tablets can be separated by increasing the pan speed
during the curing step or after the curing step, in the latter case
for example before or during the cooling of the tablets. The pan
speed is increased up to a speed where all tablets are separated or
no sticking occurs.
[0252] In certain embodiments of the invention, an initial film
coating or a fraction of a film coating is applied prior to
performing curing step c). This film coating provides an "overcoat"
for the extended release matrix formulations or tablets to function
as an anti-tacking agent, i.e. in order to avoid that the
formulations or tablets stick together. In certain such embodiments
the film coating which is applied prior to the curing step is an
Opadry film coating. After the curing step c), a further film
coating step can be performed.
[0253] The present invention encompasses also any solid oral
extended release pharmaceutical dosage form obtainable by a process
according to any process as described above.
[0254] Independently, the present invention is also directed to
solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage forms.
[0255] In certain embodiments the invention is directed to solid
oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage forms comprising an
extended release matrix formulation comprising an active agent in
the form of a tablet or multi particulates, wherein the tablet or
the individual multi particulates can at least be flattened without
breaking, characterized by a thickness of the tablet or of the
individual multi particulate after the flattening which corresponds
to no more than about 60% of the thickness of the tablet or the
individual multi particulate before flattening, and wherein said
flattened tablet or the flattened multi particulates provide an
in-vitro dissolution rate, when measured in a USP Apparatus 1
(basket) at 100 rpm in 900 nil simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., characterized by the percent amount
of active released at 0.5 hours or at 0.5 and 0.75 hours, or at
0.5, 0.75 and 1 hours, or at 0.5, 0.75, 1 and 1.5 hours or at 0.5,
0.75, 1, 1.5 and 2 hours of dissolution that deviates no more than
about 20% points at each of said time points from the corresponding
in-vitro dissolution rate of a non-flattened reference tablet or
reference multi particulates.
[0256] In certain such embodiments the tablet or the individual
multi particulates can at least be flattened without breaking,
characterized by a thickness of the tablet or the individual multi
particulate after the flattening which corresponds to no more than
about 50%, or no more than about 40%, or no more than about 30%, or
no more than about 20%, or no more than about 16% of the thickness
of the tablet or the individual multi particulate before
flattening, and wherein said flattened tablet or the flattened
multi particulates provide an in-vitro dissolution rate, when
measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 nil
simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C.,
characterized by the percent amount of active released at 0.5 hours
or at 0.5 and 0.75 hours, or at 0.5, 0.75 and 1 hours, or at 0.5,
0.75, 1 and 1.5 hours or at 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5 and 2 hours of
dissolution that deviates no more than about 20% points or no more
than about 15% points at each of said time points from the
corresponding in-vitro dissolution rate of a non-flattened
reference tablet or reference multi particulates.
[0257] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation comprising an active agent
in the form of a tablet or multi particulates, wherein the tablet
or the individual multi particulates can at least be flattened
without breaking, characterized by a thickness of the tablet or of
the individual multi particulate after the flattening which
corresponds to no more than about 60% of the thickness of the
tablet or the individual multi particulate before flattening, and
wherein said flattened tablet or the flattened multi particulates
and the non-flattened reference tablet or reference multi
particulates provide an in-vitro dissolution rate, which when
measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml
simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., is
between about 5 and about 40% (by wt) active agent released after
0.5 hours.
[0258] In certain such embodiments, the tablet or the individual
multi particulates can at least be flattened without breaking,
characterized by a thickness of the tablet or of the individual
multi particulate after the flattening which corresponds to no more
than about 50%, or no more than about 40%, or no more than about
30%, or no more than about 20%, or no more than about 16% of the
thickness of the tablet or the individual multi particulate before
flattening, and wherein said flattened tablet or the flattened
multi particulates and the non-flattened reference tablet or
reference multi particulates provide an in-vitro dissolution rate,
which when measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900
ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C.,
is between about 5 and about 40% (by wt) active agent released
after 0.5 hours or is between about 5 and about 30% (by wt) active
agent released after 0.5 hours or is between about 5 and about 20%
(by wt) active agent released after 0.5 hours or is between about
10 and about 18% (by wt) active agent released after 0.5 hours.
[0259] In certain embodiments the invention is directed to a solid
oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising an
extended release matrix formulation comprising an active agent in
the form of a tablet or multi particulates, wherein the tablet or
the individual multi particulates can at least be flattened without
breaking, characterized by a thickness of the tablet or the
individual multi particulate after the flattening which corresponds
to no more than about 60% of the thickness of the tablet or the
individual multi particulate before flattening, and wherein the
flattened or non flattened tablet or the flattened or non flattened
multi particulates provide an in-vitro dissolution rate, when
measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml
simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) comprising 40%
ethanol at 37.degree. C., characterized by the percent amount of
active released at 0.5 hours or at 0.5 and 0.75 hours, or at 0.5,
0.75 and 1 hours, or at 0.5, 0.75, 1 and 1.5 hours or at 0.5, 0.75,
1, 1.5 and 2 hours of dissolution that deviates no more than about
20% points at each time point from the corresponding in-vitro
dissolution rate measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm
in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at
37.degree. C. without ethanol, using a flattened and non flattened
reference tablet or flattened and non flattened reference multi
particulates, respectively.
[0260] In certain such embodiments the tablet or the multi
particulates can at least be flattened without breaking,
characterized by a thickness of the tablet or the individual multi
particulate after the flattening which corresponds to no more than
about 60%, or no more than about 50%, or no more than about 40%, or
no more than about 30%, or no more than about 20%, or no more than
about 16% of the thickness of the tablet or the individual multi
particulate before flattening, and wherein the flattened or non
flattened tablet or the individual multi particulates provide an
in-vitro dissolution rate, when measured in a USP Apparatus 1
(basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) comprising 40% ethanol at 37.degree. C.,
characterized by the percent amount of active released at 0.5 hours
or at 0.5 and 0.75 hours, or at 0.5, 0.75 and 1 hours, or at 0.5,
0.75, 1 and 1.5 hours or at 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5 and 2 hours of
dissolution that deviates no more than about 20% points or no more
than about 15% points at each of said time points from the
corresponding in-vitro dissolution rate measured in a USP Apparatus
1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C. without ethanol, using a flattened
and a non flattened reference tablet or reference multi
particulates, respectively.
[0261] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation comprising an active agent
in the form of a tablet or multi particulates, wherein the tablet
or the individual multi particulates can at least be flattened
without breaking, characterized by a thickness of the tablet or the
individual multi particulate after the flattening which corresponds
to no more than about 60% of the thickness of the tablet or the
individual multi particulate before flattening, and wherein the
flattened or non flattened tablet or the flattened or non flattened
multi particulates provide an in-vitro dissolution rate, which when
measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 nil
simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) comprising 40% or 0%
ethanol at 37.degree. C., is between about 5 and about 40% (by wt)
active agent released after 0.5 hours.
[0262] In certain such embodiments, the tablet or the individual
multi particulates can at least be flattened without breaking,
characterized by a thickness of the tablet or the individual multi
particulate after the flattening which corresponds to no more than
about 50%, or no more than about 40%, or no more than about 30%, or
no more than about 20%, or no more than about 16% of the thickness
of the tablet or the individual multi particulate before
flattening, and wherein the flattened or non flattened tablet or
the flattened or non flattened multi particulates provide an
in-vitro dissolution rate, which when measured in a USP Apparatus 1
(basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) comprising 40% or 0% ethanol at 37.degree. C., is
between about 5 and about 40% (by wt) active agent released after
0.5 hours or is between about 5 and about 30% (by wt) active agent
released after 0.5 hours or is between about 5 and about 20% (by
wt) active agent released after 0.5 hours or is between about 10
and about 18% (by wt) active agent released after 0.5 hours.
[0263] Such dosage forms may be prepared as described above.
[0264] In certain embodiments the invention is directed to a solid
oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising an
extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0265] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0266] (2)
at least one active agent, preferably selected from opioid
analgesics; and [0267] wherein the composition comprises at least
about 80% (by wt) polyethylene oxide. The composition may also
comprise at least about 85 or 90% (by wt) polyethylene oxide.
According to certain such embodiments wherein the composition
comprises at least about 80% (by wt) polyethylene oxide, the active
agent is oxycodone hydrochloride or hydromorphone hydrochloride and
the composition comprises more than about 5% (by wt) of the
oxycodone hydrochloride or hydromorphone hydrochloride.
[0268] In certain such embodiments the composition comprises at
least about 80% (by wt) polyethylene oxide having, based on
rheological measurements, an approximate molecular weight of at
least 1,000,000.
[0269] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0270] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0271] (2)
10 mg oxycodone hydrochloride; and [0272] wherein the composition
comprises at least about 85% (by wt) polyethylene oxide.
[0273] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0274] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0275] (2)
15 mg or 20 mg oxycodone hydrochloride; and [0276] wherein the
composition comprises at least about 80% (by wt) polyethylene
oxide.
[0277] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0278] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0279] (2)
40 mg oxycodone hydrochloride; and [0280] wherein the composition
comprises at least about 65% (by wt) polyethylene oxide.
[0281] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0282] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0283] (2)
60 mg or 80 mg oxycodone hydrochloride; and [0284] wherein the
composition comprises at least about 60% (by wt) polyethylene
oxide.
[0285] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0286] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0287] (2)
8 mg hydromorphone hydrochloride; and [0288] wherein the
composition comprises at least about 94% (by wt) polyethylene
oxide.
[0289] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0290] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0291] (2)
12 mg hydromorphone hydrochloride; and [0292] wherein the
composition comprises at least about 92% (by wt) polyethylene
oxide.
[0293] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0294] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0295] (2)
32 mg hydromorphone hydrochloride; and [0296] wherein the
composition comprises at least about 90% (by wt) polyethylene
oxide.
[0297] In certain embodiments the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0298] (1) at least one active
agent, preferably selected from opioid analgesics; [0299] (2) at
least one polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological
measurements, an approximate molecular weight of at least
1,000,000; and [0300] (3) at least one polyethylene oxide having,
based on rheological measurements, an approximate molecular weight
of less than 1,000,000. In certain such embodiments the composition
comprises at least about 80% (by wt) of polyethylene oxide. The
composition may also comprise at least about 85 or 90% (by wt)
polyethylene oxide. According to certain such embodiments wherein
the composition comprises at least about 80% (by wt) polyethylene
oxide, the active agent is oxycodone hydrochloride or hydromorphone
hydrochloride and the composition comprises more than about 5% (by
wt) of the oxycodone hydrochloride or the hydromorphone
hydrochloride. The composition may also comprise 15 to 30% (by wt)
of polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, a
molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and 65 to 80% (by wt)
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, a
molecular weight of less than 1,000,000, or the composition may
comprise at least about 20% (by wt) or at least about 30% (by wt)
or at least about 50% (by wt) of polyethylene oxide having, based
on rheological measurements, a molecular weight of at least
1,000,000.
[0301] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0302] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, a
molecular weight of at least 800,000 or at least 900,000; and
[0303] (2) at least one active agent selected from opioid
analgesics; and [0304] wherein the composition comprises at least
about 80% (by wt) polyethylene oxide.
[0305] In certain embodiments of the invention the extended release
matrix has a density which is equal to or less than about 1.20
g/cm.sup.3. In certain such embodiments, the density of the
extended release matrix formulation is equal to or less than about
1.19 g/cm.sup.3, preferably equal to or less than about 1.18
g/cm.sup.3 or equal to or less than about 1.17 g/cm.sup.3. For
example, the density of the extended release matrix formulation is
in the range of from about 1.10 g/cm.sup.3 to about 1.20
g/cm.sup.3, from about 1.11 g/cm.sup.3 to about 1.20 g/cm.sup.3, or
from about 1.11 g/cm.sup.3 to about 1.19 g/cm.sup.3. Preferably it
is in the range of from about 1.12 g/cm.sup.3 to about 1.19
g/cm.sup.3 or from about 1.13 g/cm.sup.3 to about 1.19 g/cm.sup.3,
more preferably from about 1.13 g/cm.sup.3 to about 1.18
g/cm.sup.3. Preferably, the density is determined by Archimedes
principle, as described above.
[0306] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0307] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0308] (2)
at least one active agent; and [0309] wherein the extended release
matrix formulation when subjected to an indentation test has a
cracking force of at least about 110 N.
[0310] In certain embodiments of the invention the extended release
matrix formulation has a cracking force of at least about 110 N,
preferably of at least about 120 N, at least about 130 N or at
least about 140 N, more preferably of at least about 150 N, at
least about 160 N or at least about 170 N, most preferably of at
least about 180 N, at least about 190 N or at least about 200
[0311] N.
[0312] In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to
a solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising
an extended release matrix formulation, the extended release matrix
formulation comprising
a composition comprising at least: [0313] (1) at least one
polyethylene oxide having, based on rheological measurements, an
approximate molecular weight of at least 1,000,000; and [0314] (2)
at least one active agent; and [0315] wherein the extended release
matrix formulation when subjected to an indentation test has a
"penetration depth to crack distance" of at least about 1.0 mm.
[0316] In certain embodiments of the invention the extended release
matrix formulation has a "penetration depth to crack" distance of
at least about 1.0 mm or at least about 1.2 mm, preferably of at
least about 1.4 mm, at least about 1.5 mm or at least about 1.6 mm,
more preferably of at least about 1.8 mm, at least about 1.9 mm or
at least about 2.0 mm, most preferably of at least about 2.2 mm, at
least about 2.4 mm or at least about 2.6 mm.
[0317] In certain such embodiments of the invention the extended
release matrix formulation has a cracking force of at least about
110 N, preferably of at least about 120 N, at least about 130 N or
at least about 140 N, more preferably of at least about 150 N, at
least about 160 N or at least about 170 N, most preferably of at
least about 180 N, at least about 190 N or at least about 200 N,
and/or a "penetration depth to crack" distance of at least about
1.0 mm or at least about 1.2 mm, preferably of at least about 1.4
mm, at least about 1.5 mm or at least about 1.6 mm, more preferably
of at least about 1.8 mm, at least about 1.9 mm or at least about
2.0 mm, most preferably of at least about 2.2 mm, at least about
2.4 mm or at least about 2.6 mm. A combination of any of the
aforementioned values of cracking force and "penetration depth to
crack" distance is included in the scope of the present
invention.
[0318] In certain such embodiments the extended release matrix
formulation when subjected to an indentation test resists a work of
at least about 0.06 J or at least about 0.08 J, preferably of at
least about 0.09 J, at least about 0.11 J or at least about 0.13 J,
more preferably of at least about 0.15 J, at least about 0.17 J or
at least about 0.19 J, most preferably of at least about 0.21 J, at
least about 0.23 J or at least about 0.25 J, without cracking.
[0319] The parameters "cracking force", "penetration depth to crack
distance" and "work" are determined in an indentation test as
described above, using a Texture Analyzer such as the TA-XT2
Texture Analyzer (Texture Technologies Corp., 18 Fairview Road,
Scarsdale, N.Y. 10583). The cracking force and/or "penetration
depth to crack" distance can be determined using an uncoated or a
coated extended release matrix formulation. Preferably, the
cracking force and/or "penetration depth to crack" distance are
determined on the uncoated extended release matrix formulation.
Without wanting to be bound by any theory, it is believed that a
coating, such as the coating applied in step d) of the
manufacturing process of the solid oral extended release
pharmaceutical dosage form as described above, does not
significantly contribute to the observed cracking force and/or
"penetration depth to crack" distance. Therefore, the cracking
force and/or "penetration depth to crack" distance determined for a
specific coated extended release matrix formulation are not
expected to vary substantially from the values determined for the
corresponding uncoated extended release matrix formulation.
[0320] In certain embodiments the extended release matrix
formulation is in the form of a tablet or multi particulates, and
the tablet or the individual multi particulates can at least be
flattened without breaking, characterized by a thickness of the
tablet or of the individual multi particulate after the flattening
which corresponds to no more than about 60% of the thickness of the
tablet or the individual multi particulate before flattening.
Preferably, the tablet or the individual multi particulates can at
least be flattened without breaking, characterized by a thickness
of the tablet or the individual multi particulate after the
flattening which corresponds to no more than about 50%, or no more
than about 40%, or no more than about 30%, or no more than about
20%, or no more than about 16% of the thickness of the tablet or
the individual multi particulate before flattening.
[0321] Preferably, the flattening of the tablets or the individual
multi particulates is performed with a bench press, such as a
carver style bench press, or with a hammer, as described above.
[0322] In certain such embodiments the extended release matrix
formulation is in the form of a tablet or multi particulates, and
the tablet or the individual multi particulates can at least be
flattened without breaking, characterized by a thickness of the
tablet or of the individual multi particulate after the flattening
which corresponds to no more than about 60% of the thickness of the
tablet or the individual multi particulate before flattening, and
wherein said flattened tablet or the flattened multi particulates
provide an in-vitro dissolution rate, when measured in a USP
Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid
without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., characterized by the
percent amount of active released at 0.5 hours or at 0.5 and 0.75
hours, or at 0.5, 0.75 and 1 hours, or at 0.5, 0.75, 1 and 1.5
hours or at 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5 and 2 hours of dissolution that
deviates no more than about 20% points at each of said time points
from the corresponding in-vitro dissolution rate of a non-flattened
reference tablet or reference multi particulates. Preferably, the
tablet or the individual multi particulates can at least be
flattened without breaking, characterized by a thickness of the
tablet or the individual multi particulate after the flattening
which corresponds to no more than about 50%, or no more than about
40%, or no more than about 30%, or no more than about 20%, or no
more than about 16% of the thickness of the tablet or the
individual multi particulate before flattening, and wherein said
flattened tablet or the flattened multi particulates provide an
in-vitro dissolution rate, when measured in a USP Apparatus 1
(basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., characterized by the percent amount
of active released at 0.5 hours or at 0.5 and 0.75 hours, or at
0.5, 0.75 and 1 hours, or at 0.5, 0.75, 1 and 1.5 hours or at 0.5,
0.75, 1, 1.5 and 2 hours of dissolution that deviates no more than
about 20% points or no more than about 15% points at each of said
time points from the corresponding in-vitro dissolution rate of a
non-flattened reference tablet or reference multi particulates.
[0323] In certain embodiments the invention is directed to a solid
oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form comprising an
extended release matrix formulation, wherein the extended release
matrix formulation is in the form of a tablet or multi
particulates, and the tablet or the individual multi particulates
can at least be flattened without breaking, characterized by a
thickness of the tablet or of the individual multi particulate
after the flattening which corresponds to no more than about 60% of
the thickness of the tablet or the individual multi particulate
before flattening, and wherein the flattened or non flattened
tablet or the flattened or non flattened multi particulates provide
an in-vitro dissolution rate, when measured in a USP Apparatus 1
(basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) comprising 40% ethanol at 37.degree. C.,
characterized by the percent amount of active released at 0.5 hours
or at 0.5 and 0.75 hours, or at 0.5, 0.75 and 1 hours, or at 0.5,
0.75, 1 and 1.5 hours or at 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5 and 2 hours of
dissolution that deviates no more than about 20% points at each
time points from the corresponding in-vitro dissolution rate
measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml
simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C.
without ethanol, using a flattened and non flattened reference
tablet or flattened and non flattened reference multi particulates,
respectively. Preferably, the tablet or the multi particulates can
at least be flattened without breaking, characterized by a
thickness of the tablet or the individual multi particulate after
the flattening which corresponds to no more than about 60%, or no
more than about 50%, or no more than about 40%, or no more than
about 30%, or no more than about 20%, or no more than about 16% of
the thickness of the tablet or the individual multi particulate
before flattening, and wherein the flattened or non flattened
tablet or the individual multi particulates provide an in-vitro
dissolution rate, when measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at
100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF)
comprising 40% ethanol at 37.degree. C., characterized by the
percent amount of active released at 0.5 hours or at 0.5 and 0.75
hours, or at 0.5, 0.75 and 1 hours, or at 0.5, 0.75, 1 and 1.5
hours or at 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5 and 2 hours of dissolution that
deviates no more than about 20% points or no more than about 15%
points at each of said time points from the corresponding in-vitro
dissolution rate measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm
in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at
37.degree. C. without ethanol, using a flattened and a non
flattened reference tablet or reference multi particulates,
respectively.
[0324] In certain such embodiments the extended release matrix
formulation, when subjected to a maximum force of about 196 N or
about 439 N in a tablet hardness test, does not break.
[0325] Preferably, the tablet hardness test to determine the
breaking strength of extended release matrix formulations is
performed in a Schleuniger Apparatus as described above. For
example, the breaking strength is determined using a Schleuniger
2E/106 Apparatus and applying a force of a maximum of about 196 N,
or a Schleuniger Model 6D Apparatus and applying a force of a
maximum of about 439 N.
[0326] It has also been observed that formulations of the present
invention are storage stable, wherein the extended release matrix
formulation after having been stored at 25.degree. C. and 60%
relative humidity (RH) or 40.degree. C. and 75% relative humidity
(RH) for at least 1 month, more preferably for at least 2 months,
for at least 3 months or for at least 6 months, provides a
dissolution rate, when measured in a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at
100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at
37.degree. C., characterized by the percent amount of active
released at 1 hours or at 1 and 2 hours, or at 1 and 4 hours, or at
1, 2 and 4 hours, or at 1, 4 and 12 hours, or at 1, 2, 4 and 8
hours or at 1, 2, 4, 8 and 12 hours of dissolution that deviates no
more than about 15% points, preferably no more than about 12%
points or no more than about 10% points, more preferably no more
than about 8% points or no more than about 6% points, most
preferably no more than about 5% points at each of said time points
from the corresponding in-vitro dissolution rate of a reference
formulation prior to storage. Preferably, the extended release
matrix formulation is stored in count bottles, such as 100 count
bottles. Any combination of the aforementioned storage times,
dissolution time points and deviation limits lies within the scope
of the present invention.
[0327] According to a further storage stablility aspect the
extended release matrix formulation after having been stored at
25.degree. C. and 60% relative humidity (RH) or at 40.degree. C.
and 75% relative humidity (RH) for at least 1 month, more
preferably for at least 2 months, for at least 3 months or for at
least 6 months, contains an amount of the at least one active agent
in % (by wt) relative to the label claim of the active agent for
the extended release matrix formulation that deviates no more than
about 10% points, preferably no more than about 8% points or no
more than about 6% points, more preferably no more than about 5%
points or no more than about 4% points or no more than about 3%
points from the corresponding amount of active agent in % (by wt)
relative to the label claim of the active agent for the extended
release matrix formulation of a reference formulation prior to
storage. Preferably, the extended release matrix formulation is
stored in count bottles, such as 100 count bottles. Any combination
of the aforementioned storage times and deviation limits lies
within the scope of the present invention.
[0328] According to certain such embodiments the active agent is
oxycodone hydrochloride.
[0329] Preferably, the amount of the at least one active agent in %
(by wt) relative to the label claim of the active agent for the
extended release matrix formulation is determined by extracting the
at least one active agent from the extended release matrix
formulation and subsequent analysis using high performance liquid
chromatography. In certain embodiments, wherein the at least one
active agent is oxycodone hydrochloride, preferably the amount of
oxycodone hydrochloride in % (by wt) relative to the label claim of
oxycodone hydrochloride for the extended release matrix formulation
is determined by extracting the oxycodone hydrochloride from the
extended release matrix formulation with a 1:2 mixture of
acetonitrile and simulated gastric fluid without enzyme (SGF) under
constant magnetic stirring until the extended release matrix
formulation is completely dispersed or for overnight and subsequent
analysis using high performance liquid chromatography, preferably
reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography. In certain
such embodiments, wherein the extended release matrix formulation
is in the form of tablets, preferably the amount of oxycodone
hydrochloride in % (by wt) relative to the label claim of oxycodone
hydrochloride for the tablets is determined by extracting oxycodone
hydrochloride from two sets of ten tablets each with 900 mL of a
1:2 mixture of acetonitrile and simulated gastric fluid without
enzyme (SGF) under constant magnetic stirring until the tablets are
completely dispersed or for overnight and subsequent analysis using
high performance liquid chromatography, preferably reversed-phase
high performance liquid chromatography. Preferably, the assay
results are mean values on two measurements.
[0330] In certain embodiments the invention is directed to a solid
oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form wherein the dosage
form provides a dissolution rate, which when measured in a USP
Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid
without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., is between 12.5 and 55% (by
wt) active agent released after 1 hour, between 25 and 65% (by wt)
active agent released after 2 hours, between 45 and 85% (by wt)
active agent released after 4 hours and between 55 and 95% (by wt)
active agent released after 6 hours, and optionally between 75 and
100% (by wt) active agent released after 8 hours. Preferably, the
dosage form provides a dissolution rate, which when measured in a
USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric
fluid without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., between 15 and 45%
(by wt) active released after 1 hour, is between and 60% (by wt)
active agent released after 2 hours, between 50 and 80% (by wt)
active agent released after 4 hours and between 60 and 90% (by wt)
active agent released after 6 hours and optionally between 80 and
100% (by wt) active agent released after 8 hours. More preferably,
the dosage form provides a dissolution rate, which when measured in
a USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric
fluid without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., is between 17.5 and
35% (by wt) active agent released after 1 hour, between 35 and 55%
(by wt) active agent released after 2 hours, between 55 and 75% (by
wt) active agent released after 4 hours and between 65 and 85% (by
wt) active agent released after 6 hours and optionally between 85
and 100% (by wt) active agent released after 8 hours.
[0331] In certain such embodiments the active agent is oxycodone
hydrochloride or hydromorphone hydrochloride.
[0332] Such dosage forms may be prepared by the process as
described herein.
[0333] In embodiments as described above the tablet may be formed
by direct compression of the composition and cured by at least
subjecting said tablet to a temperature of at least about
60.degree. C., at least about 62.degree. C., at least about
68.degree. C., at least about 70.degree. C., at least about
72.degree. C. or at least about 75.degree. C. for a time period of
at least about 1 minute, at least about 5 minutes or at least about
15 minutes.
[0334] In certain embodiments of the invention the tablet as
described above may be over coated with a polyethylene oxide powder
layer by applying to the cured or uncured tablet a powder layer of
polyethylene oxide surrounding the core and cure the powder layered
tablet as described above. Such an outer polyethylene oxide layer
provides a lag time before the release of the active agent starts
and/or a slower overall release rate.
[0335] In certain embodiments of the invention a stacked bi or
multi layered tablet is manufactured, wherein at least one of the
layers contains an extended release formulation as described above
and at least one of the other layers contains an immediate release
formulation of the active agent contained by the extended release
formulation or a second different active agent. In certain such
embodiments the tablet is a bi layered tablet with on extended
release formulation layer as described herein and an immediate
release formulation layer. In certain such embodiments, in
particular the bi layered tablets, opioid analgesics are contained
by the extended release layer and further non opioid analgesics are
contained by the immediate release layer. Non opioid analgesics may
be non steroidal anti inflammatory agents but also non opioid
analgesics such as acetaminophen. Acetaminophen can e.g. be used in
combination with hydrocodone as opioid analgesic. Such tablets can
be prepared by specific tablet compression techniques which allow
the compression of at least two compositions to form tablets with
at least two distinct stacked layers each comprising one of the at
least two compositions. For example, such tablets can be
manufactured in a tablet press by filling the compression tool with
the first composition and compressing said first composition and
subsequently filling on top of the compressed first composition the
second composition and subsequently compressing the two
compositions to form the final layered tablet. The immediate
release composition may be any composition as known in the art.
[0336] The invention also encompasses the use of high molecular
weight polyethylene oxide that has, based on rheological
measurements, an approximate molecular weight of at least
1,000,000, as matrix forming material in the manufacture of a solid
extended release oral dosage form comprising an active selected
from opioids for imparting to the solid extended release oral
dosage form resistance to alcohol extraction. The use may be
accomplished as described herein with respect to the described
process or the described formulations or in any other way as
conventional in the art.
[0337] It has been observed that the formulations of the present
invention comprising a high molecular weight polyethylene oxide can
be flattened to a thickness of between about 15 and about 18% of
the non flattened thickness and that the flat tablet resumes in
part or substantially resumes its initial non flattened shape
during dissolution, neglecting the swelling that also takes place
during dissolution, i.e. the thickness of the tablet increases and
the diameter decreases considerably during dissolution. Without
wanting to be bound to any theory it is believed that the high
molecular weight polyethylene oxide has a form memory and the
ability to restore the initial form after deformation, e.g. after
flattening, in an environment that allows the restoration, such as
an aqueous environment used in dissolution tests. This ability is
believed to contribute to the tamper resistance, in particular the
alcohol resistance of the dosage forms of the present
invention.
[0338] The invention also encompasses the method of treatment
wherein a dosage form is administered for treatment of a disease or
certain condition of a patient that requires treatment in
particular pain and the use of a dosage form according to the
invention for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of
a disease or certain condition of a patient that requires treatment
in particular pain.
[0339] In one aspect of the present invention, a twice-a-day solid
oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form is provided which
provides a mean t.sub.max at about 2 to about 6 hours or at about
2.5 to about 5.5 hours or at about 2.5 to about 5 hours after
administration at steady state or of a single dose to human
subjects. The dosage form may comprises oxycodone or a salt thereof
or hydromorphone or a salt thereof.
[0340] In one aspect of the present invention, a once-a-day solid
oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form is provided which
provides a mean t.sub.max at about 3 to about 10 hours or at about
4 to about 9 hours or at about 5 to about 8 hours after
administration at steady state or of a single dose to human
subjects. The dosage form may comprises oxycodone or a salt thereof
or hydromorphone or a salt thereof.
[0341] In a further aspect of the present invention, a twice-a-day
solid oral extended release pharmaceutical dosage form is provided,
wherein the dosage form comprises oxycodone or a salt thereof in an
amount of from about 10 mg to about 160 mg and wherein the dosage
form provides a mean maximum plasma concentration (C.sub.max) of
oxycodone up to about 240 ng/mL or from about 6 ng/mL to about 240
ng/mL after administration at steady state or of a single dose to
human subjects.
[0342] In a further aspect of the present invention, a solid oral
extended release pharmaceutical dosage form is provided, wherein
the dosage form comprises oxycodone or a salt thereof in an amount
of from about 10 mg to about 40 mg and wherein the dosage form
provides a mean maximum plasma concentration (C.sub.max) of
oxycodone from about 6 ng/mL to about 60 ng/mL after administration
at steady state or of a single dose to human subjects.
[0343] In a further aspect of the invention a solid oral extended
release pharmaceutical dosage form is provided that is
bioequivalent to the commercial product OxyContin.TM..
[0344] In a further aspect of the invention a solid oral extended
release pharmaceutical dosage form is provided that is
bioequivalent to the commercial product Palladone.TM. as sold in
the United States in 2005.
[0345] In a further aspect of the invention, a solid oral extended
release pharmaceutical dosage form is provided, wherein the active
agent is oxycodone hydrochloride and
wherein a dosage form comprising 10 mg of oxycodone hydrochloride
when tested in a comparative clinical study is bioequivalent to a
reference tablet containing 10 mg of oxycodone hydrochloride in a
matrix formulation containing: [0346] a) Oxycodone hydrochloride:
10.0 mg/tablet [0347] b) Lactose (spray-dried): 69.25 mg/tablet
[0348] c) Povidone: 5.0 mg/tablet [0349] d) Eudragit.RTM. RS 30D
(solids): 10.0 mg/tablet [0350] e) Triacetin.RTM.: 2.0 mg/tablet
[0351] f) Stearyl alcohol: 25.0 mg/tablet [0352] g) Talc: 2.5
mg/tablet [0353] h) Magnesium Stearate: 1.25 mg/tablet; and wherein
the reference tablet is prepared by the following steps: [0354] 1.
Eudragit.RTM. RS 30D and Triacetin.RTM. are combined while passing
through a 60 mesh screen, and mixed under low shear for
approximately 5 minutes or until a uniform dispersion is observed.
[0355] 2. Oxycodone HCl, lactose, and povidone are placed into a
fluid bed granulator/dryer (FBD) bowl, and the suspension sprayed
onto the powder in the fluid bed. [0356] 3. After spraying, the
granulation is passed through a #12 screen if necessary to reduce
lumps. [0357] 4. The dry granulation is placed in a mixer. [0358]
5. In the meantime, the required amount of stearyl alcohol is
melted at a temperature of approximately 70.degree. C. [0359] 6.
The melted stearyl alcohol is incorporated into the granulation
while mixing. [0360] 7. The waxed granulation is transferred to a
fluid bed granulator/dryer or trays and allowed to cool to room
temperature or below. [0361] 8. The cooled granulation is then
passed through a #12 screen. [0362] 9. The waxed granulation is
placed in a mixer/blender and lubricated with the required amounts
of talc and magnesium stearate for approximately 3 minutes. [0363]
10. The granulate is compressed into 125 mg tablets on a suitable
tabletting machine.
[0364] Pharmacokinetic parameters such as C.sub.max and t.sub.max,
AUC.sub.t, AUC.sub.inf, etc. describing the blood plasma curve can
be obtained in clinical trials, first by single-dose administration
of the active agent, e.g. oxycodone to a number of test persons,
such as healthy human subjects. The blood plasma values of the
individual test persons are then averaged, e.g. a mean AUC,
C.sub.max and t.sub.max value is obtained. In the context of the
present invention, pharmacokinetic parameters such as AUC,
C.sub.max and t.sub.max refer to mean values. Further, in the
context of the present invention, in vivo parameters such as values
for AUC, C.sub.max, t.sub.max, or analgesic efficacy refer to
parameters or values obtained after administration at steady state
or of a single dose to human patients.
[0365] The C.sub.max value indicates the maximum blood plasma
concentration of the active agent. The t.sub.max value indicates
the time point at which the C.sub.max value is reached. In other
words, t.sub.max is the time point of the maximum observed plasma
concentration.
[0366] The AUC (Area Under the Curve) value corresponds to the area
of the concentration curve. The AUC value is proportional to the
amount of active agent absorbed into the blood circulation in total
and is hence a measure for the bioavailability.
[0367] The AUC.sub.t value corresponds to the area under the plasma
concentration-time curve from the time of administration to the
last measurable plasma concentration and is calculated by the
linear up/log down trapezoidal rule.
[0368] AUC.sub.inf is the area under the plasma concentration-time
curve extrapolated to infinity and is calculated using the
formula:
AUC inf = AU C i + C i .lamda. Z ##EQU00002##
where C.sub.t is the last measurable plasma concentration and
.lamda..sub.Z is the apparent terminal phase rate constant.
[0369] .lamda..sub.Z is the apparent terminal phase rate constant,
where .lamda..sub.Z is the magnitude of the slope of the linear
regression of the log concentration versus time profile during the
terminal phase.
[0370] t.sub.1/2Z is the apparent plasma terminal phase half-life
and is commonly determined as t.sub.1/2Z=(ln 2)/.lamda..sub.Z.
[0371] The lag time t.sub.lag is estimated as the timepoint
immediately prior to the first measurable plasma concentration
value.
[0372] The term "healthy" human subject refers to a male or female
with average values as regards height, weight and physiological
parameters, such as blood pressure, etc. Healthy human subjects for
the purposes of the present invention are selected according to
inclusion and exclusion criteria which are based on and in
accordance with recommendations of the International Conference for
Harmonization of Clinical Trials (ICH).
[0373] Thus, inclusion criteria comprise males and females aged
between 18 to 50 years, inclusive, a body weight ranging from 50 to
100 kg (110 to 220 lbs) and a Body Mass Index (BMI) .gtoreq.18 and
.ltoreq.34 (kg/m.sup.2), that subjects are healthy and free of
significant abnormal findings as determined by medical history,
physical examination, vital signs, and electrocardiogram, that
females of child-bearing potential must be using an adequate and
reliable method of contraception, such as a barrier with additional
spermicide foam or jelly, an intra-uterine device, hormonal
contraception (hormonal contraceptives alone are not acceptable),
that females who are postmenopausal must have been postmenopausal
.gtoreq.1 year and have elevated serum follicle stimulating hormone
(FSH), and that subjects are willing to eat all the food supplied
during the study.
[0374] A further inclusion criterium may be that subjects will
refrain from strenuous exercise during the entire study and that
they will not begin a new exercise program nor participate in any
unusually strenuous physical exertion.
[0375] Exclusion criteria comprise that females are pregnant
(positive beta human chorionic gonadotropin test) or lactating, any
history of or current drug or alcohol abuse for five years, a
history of or any current conditions that might interfere with drug
absorption, distribution, metabolism or excretion, use of an
opioid-containing medication in the past thirty (30) days, a
history of known sensitivity to oxycodone, naltrexone, or related
compounds, any history of frequent nausea or emesis regardless of
etiology, any history of seizures or head trauma with current
sequelae, participation in a clinical drug study during the thirty
(30) days preceding the initial dose in this study, any significant
illness during the thirty (30) days preceding the initial dose in
this study, use of any medication including thyroid hormone
replacement therapy (hormonal contraception is allowed), vitamins,
herbal, and/or mineral supplements, during the 7 days preceding the
initial dose, refusal to abstain from food for 10 hours preceding
and 4 hours following administration or for 4 hours following
administration of the study drugs and to abstain from caffeine or
xanthine entirely during each confinement, consumption of alcoholic
beverages within forty-eight (48) hours of initial study drug
administration (Day 1) or anytime following initial study drug
administration, history of smoking or use of nicotine products
within 45 days of study drug administration or a positive urine
cotinine test, blood or blood products donated within 30 days prior
to administration of the study drugs or anytime during the study,
except as required by the clinical study protocol, positive results
for urine drug screen, alcohol screen at check-in of each period,
and hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg), hepatitis B surface
antibody HBsAb (unless immunized), hepatitis C antibody (anti-HCV),
a positive Naloxone HCl challenge test, presence of Gilbert's
Syndrome or any known hepatobiliary abnormalities and that the
Investigator believes the subject to be unsuitable for reason(s)
not specifically stated above.
[0376] Subjects meeting all the inclusion criteria and none of the
exclusion criteria will be randomized into the study.
[0377] The enrolled population is the group of subjects who provide
informed consent.
[0378] The randomized safety population is the group of subjects
who are randomized, receive study drug, and have at least one post
dose safety assessment.
[0379] The full analysis population for PK metrics will be the
group of subjects who are randomized, receive study drug, and have
at least one valid PK metric. Subjects experiencing emesis within
12 hours after dosing might be included based on visual inspection
of the PK profiles prior to database lock. Subjects and
profiles/metrics excluded from the analysis set will be documented
in the Statistical Analysis Plan.
[0380] For the Naloxone HCl challenge test, vital signs and pulse
oximetry (SPO.sub.2) are obtained prior to the Naloxone HCl
challenge test. The Naloxone HCl challenge may be administered
intravenously or subcutaneously. For the intravenous route, the
needle or cannula should remain in the arm during administration.
0.2 mg of Naloxone HCl (0.5 mL) are administered by intravenous
injection. The subject is observed for 30 seconds for evidence of
withdrawal signs or symptoms. Then 0.6 mg of Naloxone HCl (L5 mL)
are administered by intravenous injection. The subject is observed
for 20 minutes for signs and symptoms of withdrawal. For the
subcutaneous route, 0.8 mg of Naloxone HCl (2.0 mL) are
administered and the subject is observed for 20 minutes for signs
and symptoms of withdrawal. Following the 20-minute observation,
post-Naloxone HCl challenge test vital signs and SPO.sub.2 are
obtained.
[0381] Vital signs include systolic blood pressure, diastolic blood
pressure, pulse rate, respiratory rate, and oral temperature.
[0382] For the "How Do You Feel?" Inquiry, subjects will be asked a
non-leading "How Do You Feel?" question such as "Have there been
any changes in your health status since screening/since you were
last asked?" at each vital sign measurement. Subject's response
will be assessed to determine whether an adverse event is to be
reported. Subjects will also be encouraged to voluntarily report
adverse events occurring at any other time during the study.
[0383] Each subject receiving a fed treatment will consume a
standard high-fat content meal in accordance with the "Guidance for
Industry: Food-Effect Bioavailability and Fed Bioequivalence
Studies" (US Department of Health and Human Services, Food and Drug
Administration, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, December
2002). The meal will be provided 30 minutes before dosing and will
be eaten at a steady rate over a 25-minute period so that it is
completed by 5 minutes before dosing.
[0384] Clinical laboratory evaluations performed in the course of
clinical studies include biochemistry (fasted at least 10 hours),
hematology, serology, urinalysis, screen for drugs of abuse, and
further tests.
[0385] Biochemistry evaluations (fasted at least 10 hours) include
determination of albumin, Alkaline Phosphatase, alanine
aminotransferase (alanine transaminase, ALT), aspartate
aminotransferase (aspartate transaminase, AST), calcium, chloride,
creatinine, glucose, inorganic phosphate, potassium, sodium, total
bilirubin, total protein, urea, lactate dehydrogenase (LDH), direct
bilirubin and CO.sub.2.
[0386] Hematology evaluations include determination of hematocrit,
hemoglobin, platelet count, red blood cell count, white blood cell
count, white blood cell differential (% and absolute): basophils,
eosinophils, lymphocytes, monocytes and neutrophils.
[0387] Serology evaluations include determination of hepatitis B
surface antigen (HBsAg), hepatitis B surface antibody (HBsAb) and
hepatitis C antibody (anti-HCV).
[0388] Urinalysis evaluations include determination of color,
appearance, pH, glucose, ketones, urobilinogen, nitrite, occult
blood, protein, leukocyte esterase, microscopic and macroscopic
evaluation, specific gravity.
[0389] Screen for drugs of abuse includes urin screen with respect
to opiates, amphetamines, cannabinoids, benzodiazepines, cocaine,
cotinine, barbiturates, phencyclidine, methadone and propoxyphene
and alcohol tests, such as blood alcohol and breathalyzer test.
[0390] Further tests for females only include serum pregnancy test,
urine pregnancy test and serum follicle stimulating hormone (FSH)
test (for self reported postmenopausal females only).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
[0391] The present invention will now be more fully described with
reference to the accompanying examples. It should be understood,
however, that the following description is illustrative only and
should not be taken in any way as a restriction of the
invention.
Example 1
[0392] In Example 1 a 200 mg tablet including 10 mg of oxycodone
HCl was prepared using high molecular weight polyethylene oxide in
combination with hydroxypropyl cellulose.
Composition:
TABLE-US-00001 [0393] Ingredient mg/unit % Oxycodone HCl 10 5
Polyethylene Oxide 160 80 (MW: approximately 4,000,000; Polyox .TM.
WSR-301) Hydroxypropyl 30 15 Cellulose (Klucel .TM. HXF) Total 200
100
Process of Manufacture:
[0394] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0395] 1. Oxycodone HCl, Polyethylene Oxide and hydroxypropyl
cellulose was dry mixed in a low/high shear Black & Decker
Handy Chopper dual blade mixer with a 1.5 cup capacity. [0396] 2.
Step 1 blend was compressed to target weight on a single station
tablet Manesty Type F 3 press [0397] 3. Step 2 tablets were spread
onto a tray and placed in a Hotpack model 435304 oven at 70.degree.
C. for approximately 14.5 hours to cure the tablets.
[0398] In vitro testing including testing tamper resistance (hammer
and breaking strength test) and resistance to alcohol extraction
was performed as follows.
[0399] The tablets were tested in vitro using USP Apparatus 2
(paddle) at 50 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., using a Perkin Elmer UV/VIS
Spectrometer Lambda 20, UV at 230 nM. The results are presented in
Table 1.1.
[0400] Uncured tablets, cured tablets and tampered, i.e. flattened,
cured tablets were tested. The cured tablets were flattened with a
hammer using 7 manually conducted hammer strikes to impart physical
tampering. The tablet dimensions before and after the flattening
and the dissolution profiles were evaluated on separate samples.
The results are presented in Table 1.1.
[0401] As a further tamper resistance test, the cured tablets were
subjected to a breaking strength test applying a force of a maximum
of 196 Newton using a Schleuniger 2E/106 Apparatus to evaluate the
resistance to breaking. The results are also presented in Table
1.1.
[0402] In addition, cured tablets were tested in vitro using
ethanol/SGF media at ethanol concentrations of 0%, 20% and 40% to
evaluate alcohol extractability. Testing was performed using USP
Apparatus 2 (paddle) at 50 rpm in 500 ml of media at 37.degree. C.,
using a Perkin Elmer UV/V1S Spectrometer Lambda 20, UV at 220 nM.
Sample time points include 0.5 and 1 hour. The results are also
presented in Table 1.2.
TABLE-US-00002 TABLE 1.1 Cured Flattened by Uncured 7 hammer whole
Whole strikes Tablet Thickness (mm) 4.52 .sup.1 4.39 .sup.1 2.23
.sup.2 Dimensions Diameter (mm) -- 7.56 .sup.1 10.27 .sup.2
Breaking strength (N) -- 196+ .sup.3 -- Diameter (mm) -- 7.33
.sup.1 -- post breaking strength test Dissolution 0.5 hr 13 34 33
(% Released) 1 hr 18 46 45 (n = 3 tabs 2 hr 28 63 62 per vessel) 4
hr 43 81 83 8 hr 65 86 87 17 hr 85 86 87 .sup.1 n = median of 3
measurements .sup.2 n = median of 5 measurements .sup.3 196+ means
that subjected to the maximum force of 196 Newton the tablets did
not break, n = median of 3 measurements
TABLE-US-00003 TABLE 1.2 Dissolution (% Released) (n = 2 tabs per
vessel) 0% Ethanol 20% Ethanol 40% Ethanol Concentration
Concentration Concentration in SGF in SGF in SGF Time uncured cured
uncured cured uncured cured 0.5 13 37 13 32 11 33 1 22 50 21 46 22
43
Example 2
[0403] In Example 2 three different 100 mg tablets including 10 and
20 mg of Oxycodone HCl were prepared using high molecular weight
polyethylene oxide and optionally hydroxypropyl cellulose.
Compositions:
TABLE-US-00004 [0404] Example Example Example 2.1 2.2 2.3
Ingredient mg/unit mg/unit mg/unit Oxycodone HCl 10 20 10
Polyethylene Oxide 90 80 85 (MW: approximately 4,000,000; Polyox
.TM. WSR301) Hydroxypropyl 0 0 5 Cellulose (Klucel .TM. HXF) Total
100 100 100
Process of Manufacture:
[0405] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0406] 1. Oxycodone HCl, Polyethylene Oxide and Hydroxypropyl
Cellulose were dry mixed in a low/high shear Black & Decker
Handy Chopper dual blade mixer with a 1.5 cup capacity. [0407] 2.
Step 1 blend was compressed to target weight on a single station
tablet Manesty Type F 3 press. [0408] 3. Step 2 tablets were spread
onto a tray placed in a Hotpack model 435304 oven at 70-75.degree.
C. for approximately 6 to 9 hours to cure the tablets.
[0409] In vitro testing including testing for tamper resistance
(bench press and breaking strength test) was performed as
follows.
[0410] The cured tablets were tested in vitro using USP Apparatus 2
(paddle) at 50 rpm in 500 ml simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., using a Perkin Elmer UV/VIS
Spectrometer Lambda 20, UV at 220 nM. Cured tablets and cured
flattened tablets were tested. The tablets were flattened using
2500 psi with a Carver style bench press to impart physical
tampering. The results are presented in Table 2.
[0411] As a further tamper resistance test, the cured tablets were
subjected to a breaking strength test applying a force of a maximum
of 196 Newton using a Schleuniger 2E/106 Apparatus to evaluate the
resistance to breaking. The results are presented in Table 2.
TABLE-US-00005 TABLE 2 Example 2.1 Example 2.2 Example 2.3 Whole
Flattened by Whole Flattened by Whole Flattened by (n = 6) bench
press (n = 2) bench press (n = 5) bench press Tablet Thickness (mm)
.sup. 3.36 0.58 .sup. 3.14 0.84 .sup. 3.48 0.49 Dimensions Diameter
(mm) .sup. 6.48 12.80 .sup. 6.58 13.44 .sup. 6.46 12.86 Thickness
(%) -- 17.3 -- 26.8 -- 14.0 Breaking .sup. 196+ .sup.1 n/a .sup.
196+ .sup.1 n/a .sup. 196+ .sup.1 n/a strength (N) Dissolution 0.5
hr 34 46 42 50 40 56 (% Released) 1 hr 50 62 57 71 55 72 (n = 1) 2
hr 72 78 78 91 77 89 4 hr 81 82 95 93 93 100 8 hr 82 82 95 93 94
100 12 hr 83 82 96 94 95 101 .sup.1 196+ means that subjected to
the maximum force of 196 Newton the tablets did not break
Example 3
[0412] In Example 3 a 200 mg tablet prepared including 10 mg
oxycodone HCl and high molecular weight polyethylene oxide were
prepared.
Composition:
TABLE-US-00006 [0413] Ingredient mg/unit % Oxycodone HCl 10 5
Polyethylene Oxide (MW: approximately 188 94 4,000,000; Polyox .TM.
WSR301) Magnesium Stearate 2 1 Total 200 100
Process of Manufacture:
[0414] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0415] 1. Oxycodone HCl, Polyethylene Oxide and Magnesium Stearate
were dry mixed in a low/high shear Black & Decker Handy Chopper
dual blade mixer with a 1.5 cup capacity. [0416] 2. Step 1 blend
was compressed to target weight on a single station tablet Manesty
Type F 3 press. [0417] 3. Step 2 tablets were placed onto a tray
placed in a Hotpack model 435304 oven at 70.degree. C. for 1 to 14
hours to cure the tablets.
[0418] In vitro testing including testing for tamper resistance
(breaking strength test) was performed as follows:
[0419] The tablets were tested in vitro using USP Apparatus 1
(basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., using a Perkin Elmer UV/VIS
Spectrometer Lambda 20 USP Apparatus, UV at 220 nM, after having
been subjected to curing for 2, 3, 4, 8, and 14 hours. Tablet
dimensions of the uncured and cured tablets and dissolution results
are presented in Table 3.
[0420] As a further tamper resistance test, the cured and uncured
tablets were subjected to a breaking strength test applying a force
of a maximum of 196 Newton using a Schleuniger 2E/106 Apparatus to
evaluate the resistance to breaking. The results are presented in
Table 3.
TABLE-US-00007 TABLE 3 Un- Cure Time (hours) Cured .sup.2 1 .sup.1
2 .sup.1 4 .sup.1 8 .sup.1 14 .sup.2 Tablet Weight (mg) 208 208 209
209 208 210 Dimensions Thickness (mm) 4.74 5.17 .sup. 5.25 .sup.
5.17 .sup. 5.17 .sup. 4.85 Diameter (mm) 7.93 7.85 .sup. 7.80 .sup.
7.75 .sup. 7.69 .sup. 7.64 Breaking 176 196+.sup.3 196+.sup.3
196+.sup.3 196+.sup.3 196+.sup.3 strength (N) Dissolution 0.5 hr
Not Not 16 11 15 33 (% Released) 1 hr tested tested 23 18 23 50 (n
= 2) 2 hr 34 28 36 69 4 hr 54 45 58 87 8 hr 81 69 83 93 12 hr 96 83
92 94 .sup.1 Tablet dimensions n = 4 .sup.2 Tablet dimensions n =
10 .sup.3196+ means that subjected to the maximum force of 196
Newton the tablets did not break.
Example 4
[0421] In Example 4 six different 100 mg tablets (Examples 4.1 to
4.6) including 10 mg of oxycodone HCl are prepared varying the
amount and molecular weight of the used polyethylene oxides.
Compositions:
TABLE-US-00008 [0422] 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 mg/ mg/ mg/ mg/ mg/
mg/ Ingredient unit unit unit unit unit unit Oxycodone HCl 10 10 10
10 10 10 Polyethylene Oxide 89.5 79.5 69.5 89.0 0 0 (MW:
approximately 4,000,000; Polyox .TM. WSR 301) Polyethylene Oxide 0
10 20 0 0 0 (MW; approximately 100,000; Polyox .TM. N10)
Polyethylene Oxide 0 0 0 0 0 89.5 (MW: approximately 2,000,000;
Polyox .TM.N-60K) Polyethylene Oxide 0 0 0 0 89.5 0 MW;
approximately 7,000,000; Polyox .TM. WSR 303) Butylated 0 0 0 0.5 0
0 Hydroxytoluene (BHT) Magnesium Stearate 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Total 100 100 100 100 100 100 Blend size (g) 125 125 125 125 157.5
155.5 Total Batch size (g) 250 250 250 250 157.5 155.5 (amount
manufactured)
[0423] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0424] 1. Oxycodone HCl and Polyethylene Oxide (and BHT if
required) were dry mixed for 30 seconds in a low/high shear Black
& Decker Handy Chopper dual blade mixer [0425] 2. Magnesium
stearate was added to Step 1 blend and mixed for an additional 30
seconds. [0426] 3. Step 2 blend was compressed to target weight on
a single station tablet Manesty Type F 3 press using standard round
(0.2656 inch) concave tooling [0427] 4. Step 3 tablets were loaded
into a 15 inch coating pan (LCDS Vector
[0428] Laboratory Development Coating System) at 38 rpm equipped
with one baffle. A temperature probe (wire thermocouple) was placed
inside the coating pan near the bed of tablets to monitor the bed
temperature. The tablet bed was heated to a temperature of about
70-about 80.degree. C. (the temperature can be derived from Tables
4.1 to 4.6 for each Example) for a minimum of 30 minutes and a
maximum of 2 hours. The tablet bed was then cooled and
discharged.
[0429] In vitro testing including testing for tamper resistance
(breaking strength and hammer test) was performed as follows:
[0430] Uncured and tablets cured at 0.5, 1, 1.5 and 2 hours of
curing were tested in vitro using USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100
rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at
37.degree. C., using a Perkin Elmer UV/VIS Spectrometer Lambda 20,
UV wavelength at 220 nM. Tablet dimensions and dissolution results
corresponding to the respective curing time and temperature are
presented in Tables 4.1 to 4.6.
[0431] As a further tamper resistance test, the cured and uncured
tablets were subjected to a breaking strength test applying a force
of a maximum of 196 Newton using a Schleuniger 2E/106 Apparatus to
evaluate the resistance to breaking. The results are provided in
Tables 4.1 to 4.6.
[0432] Additionally, the tablets were flattened with a hammer using
10 manually conducted hammer strikes to impart physical tampering
(hammer test).
TABLE-US-00009 TABLE 4.1 Example 4.1 Uncured Cure Time (hours) (n =
5) (n = 10) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Tablet Weight (mg) 108 109 108 107 107
Dimensions Thickness (mm) 3.64 .sup. 3.93 .sup. 3.94 .sup. 3.90
.sup. 3.83 Diameter (mm) 6.74 .sup. 6.62 .sup. 6.57 .sup. 6.55
.sup. 6.52 Breaking strength (N) 94 .sup. 196+ .sup.2 .sup. 196+
.sup.2 .sup. 196+ .sup.2 .sup. 196+ .sup.2 Diameter (mm) post
mashed .sup.1 .sup. 5.15 .sup. 5.38 .sup. 5.23 .sup. 5.44 breaking
strength test (measured directly after the test) Curing 0 min .sup.
19.7 -- -- -- Process 10 min -- .sup. 66.2 -- -- -- Tablet Bed 20
min -- .sup. 68.6 -- -- -- Temp .degree. C. 30 min -- .sup. 73.5 --
-- -- (temperature 40 min -- -- .sup. 76.9 -- -- probe within 60
min -- -- .sup. 78.9 -- -- the pan) 90 min -- -- -- .sup. 79.8 --
120 min -- -- -- -- .sup. 80.2 n = 3 3 2 2 2 Dissolution 0.5 hr 19
21 18 18 19 (% Released) 1 hr 30 32 30 29 31 2 hr 47 49 46 46 50 4
hr 71 76 70 69 75 8 hr 93 96 91 89 93 12 hr 99 99 96 93 96 n = 1 1
1 Post Hammer Test.sup.3 n/a .sup. 1.70 .sup. 2.18 .sup. 2.37 .sup.
2.09 (10 strikes applied manually) .sup. 2.31 .sup. 2.06 .sup. 2.26
Thickness (mm) .sup. 2.39 .sup. 2.66 .sup. 2.28 .sup.1 Tablets
mashed and crumbled during the breaking strength test .sup.2 196+
means that subjected to the maximum force of 196 Newton the tablets
did not break .sup.3Applied 10 hammer strikes, the tablets
flattened but did not break apart, hammering imparted some edge
splits.
TABLE-US-00010 TABLE 4.2 Example 4.2 Uncured Cure Time (hours) (n =
5) (n = 10) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Tablet Weight (mg) 108 109 109 109 107
Dimensions Thickness (mm) 3.65 3.90 3.92 3.87 3.74 Diameter (mm)
6.74 6.61 6.54 6.52 6.46 Breaking strength (N) 93 196+ .sup.3 196+
.sup.3 196+ .sup.3 196+ .sup.3 Diameter (mm) mashed .sup.2 5.40
5.37 5.36 5.61 post breaking strength test (measured directly after
the test) Relaxed diameter (mm) -- 5.60 5.52 5.48 5.73 post
breaking strength test (NLT 15 min relax period) Curing 0 min 20.2
-- -- -- Process 10 min -- 71.6 -- -- -- Tablet Bed 20 min -- 74.9
-- -- -- Temp .degree. C 30 min -- 76.1 -- -- -- (temperature 40
min -- -- 79.8 -- -- probe within 60 min -- -- 80.2 -- -- the pan)
90 min -- -- -- 76.4 -- 120 min -- -- -- -- 77.5 Dissolution 0.5 hr
-- 20 20 -- 29 (% Released) 1 hr -- 30 31 -- 44 (n = 3) 2 hr -- 47
47 -- 66 4 hr -- 70 70 -- 90 8 hr -- 89 91 -- 95 12 hr -- 92 94 --
94 n= 1 1 1 1 Post Hammer Test (10 strikes n/a 1.98 2.00 1.80 1.62
applied manually) 1.96 1.76 2.06 1.95 Thickness (mm) 1.99 1.79 1.98
1.53
TABLE-US-00011 TABLE 4.3 Example 4.3 Uncured Cure Time (hours) (n =
5) (n = 10) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Tablet Weight (mg) 108 107 108 108 107
Dimensions Thickness (mm) 3.63 3.85 3.82 3.78 3.72 Diameter (mm)
6.74 6.61 6.55 6.48 6.46 Breaking strength (N) 91 196+ .sup.3 196+
.sup.3 196+ .sup.3 196+ .sup.3 Diameter (mm) mashed .sup.2 5.58
5.60 5.56 5.72 post breaking strength test (measured directly after
the test) Relaxed diameter (mm) -- 5.77 5.75 5.68 5.82 post
breaking strength test (NLT 15 min relax period) Curing 0 min 20.3
-- -- -- Process 10 min -- 71.0 -- -- -- Tablet Bed 20 min -- 74.1
-- -- -- Temp .degree. C. 30 min -- 75.9 -- -- -- (temperature 40
min -- -- 76.5 -- -- probe within 60 min -- -- 77.8 -- -- the pan
90 min -- -- -- 76.0 -- within the pan) 120 min -- -- -- -- 80.2 n
= 3 3 2 Dissolution 0.5 hr -- 22 .sup. 23 .sup. -- 33 .sup. (%
Released) 1 hr -- 32 .sup. 35 .sup. -- 52 .sup. 2 hr -- 49 .sup. 54
.sup. -- 76 .sup. 4 hr -- 70 .sup. 80 .sup. -- 93 .sup. 8 hr -- 94
.sup. 95 .sup. -- 96 .sup. 12 hr -- 96 .sup. 96 .sup. -- 96 .sup. n
= 1 1 1 1 Post Hammer Test (10 strikes n/a 2.16 1.95 1.43 1.53
applied manually) 1.96 1.85 1.67 1.66 Thickness (mm) 1.91 2.03 1.65
2.08 .sup.2 Tablets mashed and crumbled during the breaking
strength test .sup.3 196+ means that subjected to the maximum force
of 196 Newton the tablets did not break.
TABLE-US-00012 TABLE 4.4 Example 4.4 Uncured Cure Time (hours) (n =
5) (n = 10) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Tablet Weight (mg) 101 101 101 101 101
Dimensions Thickness (mm) 3.49 3.75 3.71 3.69 3.70 Diameter (mm)
6.75 6.59 6.55 6.55 6.52 Breaking strength (N) 81 196+ .sup.3 196+
.sup.3 196+ .sup.3 196+ .sup.3 Diameter (mm) mashed .sup.2 5.39
5.39 5.39 5.47 post breaking strength test (measured directly after
the test Relaxed diameter (mm) -- 5.58 5.59 5.58 5.63 post breaking
strength test (NLT 15 min relax period) Curing 0 min 37.3 Process 5
min -- 67.0 -- -- -- Tablet Bed 10 min -- 71.8 -- -- -- Temp
.degree. C. 20 min -- 74.6 -- -- -- (temperature 30 min -- 76.2 --
-- -- probe within 40 min -- -- 77.0 -- -- the pan) 60 min -- --
78.7 -- -- 90 min -- -- -- 80.3 -- 120 min -- -- -- -- 79.3
Dissolution 0.5 hr -- 17 .sup. 16 .sup. -- -- (% Released) 1 hr --
26 .sup. 25 .sup. -- -- (n = 3) 2 hr -- 41 .sup. 40 .sup. -- -- 4
hr -- 63 .sup. 59 .sup. -- -- 8 hr -- 79 .sup. 75 .sup. -- -- 12 hr
-- 82 .sup. 80 .sup. -- -- n = 1 1 1 1 Post Hammer Test (10 strikes
-- 2.11 2.42 2.14 2.18 applied manually) 2.29 2.25 2.28 2.09
Thickness (mm) 2.32 2.13 2.07 2.36 .sup.2 Tablets mashed and
crumbled during the breaking strength test. .sup.3 196+ means that
subjected to the maximum force of 196 Newton the tablets did not
break.
TABLE-US-00013 TABLE 4.5 Example 4.5 Uncured Cure Time (hours) (n =
5) (n = 10) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Tablet Weight (mg) 108 108 107 107 107
Dimensions Thickness (mm) 3.61 3.87 3.84 3.84 3.84 Diameter (mm)
6.74 6.69 6.63 6.61 6.59 Breaking strength (N) 116 196+ .sup.3 196+
.sup.3 196+ .sup.3 196+ .sup.3 Diameter (mm) mashed .sup.2 5.49
5.59 5.51 5.54 post breaking strength test (measured directly after
the test Diameter (mm) -- 5.67 5.76 5.67 5.68 post breaking
strength test (NLT 15 min relax period) Curing 0 min 19.8 Process 5
min -- 56.8 -- -- -- Tablet Bed 10 min -- 70.0 -- -- -- Temp
.degree. C. 20 min -- 74.6 -- -- -- (temperature 30 min -- 76.2 --
-- -- probe within 40 min -- -- 77.0 -- -- the pan) 60 min -- --
78.2 -- -- 90 min -- -- -- 80.2 -- 120 min -- -- -- -- 80.3
Dissolution 0.5 hr -- 21 .sup. 20 .sup. -- -- (% Released) 1 hr --
33 .sup. 32 .sup. -- -- (n = 3) 2 hr -- 51 .sup. 51 .sup. -- -- 4
hr -- 75 .sup. 76 .sup. -- -- 8 hr -- 96 .sup. 96 .sup. -- -- 12 hr
-- 100 100 -- -- n = 1 1 1 1 Post Hammer Test (10 strikes -- 2.19
2.31 2.36 2.45 applied manually) 2.15 2.48 2.42 2.08 Thickness (mm)
2.10 2.28 2.19 2.28 .sup.2 Tablets mashed and crumbled during the
breaking strength test .sup.3 196+ means that subjected to the
maximum force of 196 Newton the tablets did not break.
TABLE-US-00014 TABLE 4.6 Example 4.6 UnCured Cure Time (n = 5) (n =
6) 10 min 20 min 0.5 hr 1.0 hr 1.5 hr 2.0 hr Tablet Weight (mg) 110
108 108 109 108 109 109 Dimensions Thickness (mm) 3.65 3.93 3.89
3.89 3.87 3.85 3.85 Diameter (mm) 6.73 6.71 6.63 6.61 6.57 6.55
6.53 Breaking strength (N) 128 196+ .sup.2 Diameter (mm) mashed
.sup.1 5.27 5.47 5.51 5.51 5.56 5.63 post breaking strength test
(measured directly after the test Diameter (mm) post -- 5.48 5.60
5.67 5.66 5.69 5.76 breaking strength test (NLT 15 min relax
period) Curing 0 min 30.8 Process 5 min -- 70.5 -- -- -- -- --
Tablet Bed 10 min -- 79.5 -- -- -- -- -- Temp .degree. C. 20 min --
-- 79.9 -- -- -- -- (temperature 30 min -- -- -- 79.6 -- -- --
probe within 40 min -- -- -- -- 80.0 -- -- the pan) 60 min -- -- --
-- 79.8 -- -- 90 min -- -- -- -- -- 80.2 -- 120 min -- -- -- -- --
-- 80.4 Dissolution 0.5 hr -- -- -- 19 20 -- -- (% Released) 1 hr
-- -- -- 30 30 -- -- (n = 3) 2 hr -- -- -- 48 51 -- -- 4 hr -- --
-- 73 78 -- -- 8 hr -- -- -- 99 99 -- -- 12 hr -- -- -- 99 102 --
-- n = 1 1 1 1 1 1 Post Hammer Test .sup.3 (10 strikes -- 1.46 2.18
2.45 2.23 2.38 2.42 applied manually) 1.19 2.20 2.34 2.39 2.26 2.40
Thickness (mm) 1.24 2.18 2.03 2.52 2.50 2.16 .sup.1 Tablets mashed
and crumbled during the breaking strength test .sup.2 196+ means
that subjected to the maximum force of 196 Newton the tablets did
not break. .sup.3 The tablets flattened but did not break apart,
hammering imparted some edge splits.
Example 5
[0433] In Example 5 three further tablets including 10% (by wt) of
oxycodone HCl were prepared.
Compositions:
TABLE-US-00015 [0434] Example 5.1 Example 5.2 Example 5.3 Tablet
mg/unit (%) mg/unit (%) mg/unit (%) Oxycodone HCl 12 20 12 (10)
(10) (10) Polyethylene Oxide 106.8 178 82.8 (MW: approximately (89)
(89) (69) 4,000,000; Polyox .TM. WSR 301) Polyethylene Oxide 0 0 24
(lMW; approximately (20) 100,000; Polyox .TM. N10) Magnesium
Stearate 1.2 2.0 1.2 (1) (1) (1) Total 120 200 120 Total Batch size
(kg) 100 100 100 (amount manufactured) Coating mg/unit mg/unit
mg/unit Opadry white film 3.6 6.0 3. coating concentrate (3) (3)
(3) formula Y-5-18024-A
[0435] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0436] 1. The polyethylene oxide was passed through a Sweco Sifter
equipped with a 20 mesh screen, into separate suitable containers.
[0437] 2. A Gemco "V" blender (with I bar)--10 cu. ft. was charged
in the following order: [0438] Approximately 1/2 of the
polyethylene oxide WSR 301 Oxycodone hydrochloride\ [0439]
Polyethylene oxide N10 (only Example 5.3) [0440] Remaining
polyethylene oxide WSR 301 [0441] 3. Step 2 materials were blended
for 10 minutes (Example 5.1) or 20 minutes (Example 5.2) and 15
minutes (Example 5.3) with the I bar on. [0442] 4. Magnesium
stearate was charged into the Gemco "V" blender. [0443] 5. Step 4
materials were blended for 3 minutes with the I bar off. [0444] 6.
Step 5 blend was charged into clean, tared, stainless steel
containers. [0445] 7. Step 5 blend was compressed to target weight
on a 40 station tablet press at 135,000 tph speed using 9/32
standard round, concave (plain) tooling. [0446] 8. Step 7 tablets
were loaded into a 48 inch Accela-Coat coating pan at 7 rpm at a
pan load of 98.6 kg (Example 5.1), 92.2 kg (Example 5.2) and 96.9
kg (Example 5.3) and the tablet bed was heated using an exhaust air
temperature to achieve approximately 80.degree. C. (Example 5.2 and
5.3) and 75.degree. C. (Example 5.1) inlet temperature and cured
for 1 hour at the target inlet temperature. [0447] 9. The pan speed
was continued at 7 to 10 rpm and the tablet bed was cooled using an
exhaust air temperature to achieve a 25.degree. C. inlet
temperature until the bed temperature achieves 30-34.degree. C.
[0448] 10. The tablet bed was warmed using an exhaust air
temperature to achieve a 55.degree. C. inlet temperature. The film
coating was started once the outlet temperature approached
39.degree. C. and continued until the target weight gain of 3% was
achieved. [0449] 11. After coating was completed, the pan speed was
set to 1.5 rpm and the exhaust temperature was set to 27.degree.
C., the airflow was maintained at the current setting and the
system cooled to an exhaust temperature of 27-30.degree. C. [0450]
12. The tablets were discharged.
[0451] In vitro testing including testing for tamper resistance
(breaking strength and hammer test) and resistance to alcohol
extraction were performed as follows:
[0452] Tablets cured at 0.5 hours and tablets cured at 1.0 hour and
coated were tested in vitro using USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100
rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at
37.degree. C., using an Agilent UV/VIS Spectrometer Model HP8453,
UV wavelength at 220 nM. Tablet dimensions and dissolution results
corresponding to the respective curing time and temperature are
presented in Tables 5.1 to 5.3.
[0453] Tablets cured at 1.0 hour and coated were tested in vitro
using ethanol/SGF media at a concentration of 40% ethanol to
evaluate alcohol extractability. Testing was performed using USP
Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid
without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., using an Agilent UV/VIS
Spectrometer Model HP8453, UV wavelength at 230 nM. Tablet
dissolution results are presented in Table 5.3.
[0454] As a further tamper resistance test, the uncured tablets and
cured tablets were subjected to a breaking strength test applying a
force of a maximum of 439 Newton using a Schleuniger Model 6D
apparatus to evaluate the resistance to breaking. The results are
provided in Tables 5.1 to 5.3.
[0455] Additionally, the tablets were flattened with a hammer using
10 manually conducted hammer strikes to impart physical tampering
(hammer test).
TABLE-US-00016 TABLE 5.1 Example 5.1 30 min 1 hr cure/ cure coated
Uncured (n = 10) (n = 10) Tablet Weight (mg) 119.7 .sup.1 120 122
Dimensions Thickness (mm) 3.63 .sup.2 3.91 3.88 Diameter (mm) --
7.03 7.02 Breaking 54 .sup.3 .sup. 439 .sup.4 438 .sup.4 strength
(N) diameter (mm) -- 4.18 4.26 post breaking strength Curing 10 min
-- 75.8 75.8 Process 20 min -- 75.1 75.1 Inlet 30 min -- 76.0 76.0
Temp .degree. C. 40 min -- -- 74.5 50 min -- -- 73.5 60 min -- --
75.6 Dissolution 0.5 hr -- 19 19 (% Released) 1 hr -- 31 33 (n = 3)
2 hr -- 47 50 4 hr -- 71 76 8 hr -- 93 97 12 hr -- 99 102 pre post
pre post Hammer Test -- 3.90 1.77 3.87 2.09 (10 strikes applied
manually) Tablet thickness measured (mm) pre and post test (n = 3)
.sup.1 Fourteen in-process samples taken (40 tablets per each
sample) and each sample averaged. The reported value is the average
of the averages. .sup.2 n = 39 .sup.3 n = 130 .sup.4 n = 10; The
tablets did not break when subjected to a maximum force of 438
N/439 N.
TABLE-US-00017 TABLE 5.2 Example 5.2 30 min 1 hr cure/ cure coated
Uncured (n = 10) (n = 10) Tablet Weight (mg) 200.4 .sup.1 201 206
Dimensions Thickness (mm) 5.50 .sup.2 5.92 5.86 Diameter (mm) --
7.03 7.01 Breaking 85 .sup.3 .sup. 439 .sup.4 .sup. 439 .sup.4
strength (N) diameter (mm) -- 5.52 5.72 post breaking strength
Curing 10 min -- 79.7 79.7 Process 20 min -- 80.3 80.3 Inlet 30 min
-- 79.3 79.3 Temp .degree. C. 40 min -- -- 79.5 50 min -- -- 80.9
60 min -- -- 81.0 Dissolution 0.5 hr -- 14 15 (% Released) 1 hr --
23 24 (n = 3) 2 hr -- 36 38 4 hr -- 57 60 8 hr -- 83 85 12 hr -- 94
95 pre post pre post Hammer Test -- 5.92 2.97 5.91 2.84 (10 strikes
applied manually) Tablet thickness measured (mm) pre and post test
(n = 3) .sup.1 Nine in-process samples taken (40 tablets per each
sample) and each sample averaged. The reported value is the average
of the averages. .sup.2 n = 27 .sup.3 n = 90 .sup.4 n = 10; The
tablets did not break when subjected to a maximum force of 438
N/439 N.
TABLE-US-00018 TABLE 5.3 Example 5.3 30 min 1 hr cure/ cure coated
Uncured (n = 10) (n = 10) Tablet Weight (mg) 120.5 .sup.1 122 125
Dimensions Thickness (mm) .sup. 3.64 .sup.2 3.85 3.77 Diameter (mm)
-- 7.03 7.01 Breaking 56 .sup.3 438 .sup.4 439 .sup.4 strength (N)
diameter (mm) -- 3.96 4.28 post breaking strength Curing 10 min --
80.0 80.0 Process 20 min -- 82.3 82.3 Inlet 30 min -- 78.9 78.9
Temp .degree. C. 40 min -- -- 79.5 50 min -- -- 79.5 60 min -- --
80.7 SGF SGF 40% EtOH Dissolution 0.5 hr -- 20 23 21 (% Released) 1
hr -- 31 37 31 (n = 3) 2 hr -- 50 58 50 4 hr -- 76 86 76 8 hr -- 95
100 99 12 hr -- 98 100 104 pre post pre post Hammer Test -- 3.81
1.63 3.79 1.62 (10 strikes applied manually) Tablet thickness
measured (mm) pre and post test (n = 3) .sup.1 Twelve in-process
samples taken (40 tablets per each sample) and each sample
averaged. The reported value is the average of the averages. .sup.2
n = 33 .sup.3 n = 130 .sup.4 n = 10; The tablets did not break when
subjected to a maximum force of 438 N/439 N.
Example 6
[0456] In Example 6 tablets comprising Naltrexone HCl were
prepared.
Compositions:
TABLE-US-00019 [0457] mg/unit Tablet Naltrexone HCl 10 Polyethylene
Oxide 89.0 (MW: approximately 4,000,000; Polyox .TM. WSR 301)
Magnesium Stearate 1.0 Total 100 Total Batch size (kg) 20 (amount
manufactured) Coating Base coat 3.0 Opadry Red film coating
concentration formula Y-5-1-15139 Special effects 3.0 overcoat
Opadry FX - Silver formula 62W28547
[0458] The tablets were prepared as outlined in Example 5, wherein
a Gemco "V" blender (with 1 bar)--2 cu.ft, a 8 station rotary
tablet press set at 24,000 tph speed with a 9/32 standard round
concave (embossed upper/plain lower) tooling and a 24 inch
Compu-Lab coater were used. The blending time in step 2 was 8
minutes, the pan load was 9.2 kg and the curing time 2 hours.
Example 7
[0459] Three further examples comprising each 10 mg of oxycodone
hydrochloride were manufactured and tested.
Compositions:
TABLE-US-00020 [0460] Example 7.1 Example 7.2 Example 7.3 Tablet
mg/unit (%) mg/unit (%) mg/unit (%) Oxycodone HCl 10 10 10 (5)
(6.67) (10) Polyethylene Oxide 188 138.5 69 (MW: approximately (94)
(92.3) (69) 4,000,000; Polyox .TM. WSR 301) Polyethylene Oxide 0 0
20 (MW; approximately (20) 100,000; Polyox .TM. N10) Magnesium
Stearate 2 1.5 1 (1) (1) (1) Total 200 150 100 Total Batch size
(kg) 100 100 100 (amount manufactured) Film Coating mg/unit mg/unit
mg/unit Opadry white film 6 4.5 3 coating concentrate formula
Y-5-18024-A
[0461] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0462] 1. The magnesium stearate was passed through a Sweco Sifter
equipped with a 20 mesh screen, into separate suitable containers.
[0463] 2. A Gemco "V" blender (with I bar)--10 cu. ft. was charged
in the following order: [0464] Approximately 1/2 of the
polyethylene oxide WSR 301 [0465] Oxycodone hydrochloride [0466]
Polyethylene oxide N10 (only Example 7.3) [0467] Remaining
polyethylene oxide WSR 301 [0468] 3. Step 2 materials were blended
for 10 minutes with the I bar on. [0469] 4. Magnesium stearate was
charged into the Gemco "V" blender. [0470] 5. Step 4 materials were
blended for 3 minutes with the I bar off. [0471] 6. Step 5 blend
was charged into clean, tared, stainless steel containers. [0472]
7. Step 5 blend was compressed to target weight on a 40 station
tablet press at 135,000 tph speed using 9/32 inch standard round,
concave (plain) tooling (Example 7.1 and 7.2) and using 1/4 inch
standard round, concave (plain) tooling (Example 7.3). [0473] 8.
Step 7 tablets were loaded into a 48 inch Accela-Coat coating pan
at a load of 97.388 kg (Example 7.1), 91.051 kg (Example 7.2) and
89.527 kg (Example 7.3). [0474] 9. The pan speed was set to 7 rpm
and the tablet bed was heated by setting the exhaust air
temperature to achieve an inlet temperature of approximately
75.degree. C. The tablets were cured at the target inlet
temperature for 1 hour (Example 7.1 and 7.2) and for 30 minutes
(Example 7.3). [0475] 10. The pan speed was continued at 6 to 8 rpm
and the tablet bed was cooled using an exhaust air temperature to
achieve a 25.degree. C. inlet temperature until the exhaust
temperature achieves 30-34.degree. C. [0476] 11. The tablet bed was
warmed using an exhaust air temperature to target a 55.degree. C.
inlet temperature. The film coating was started once the outlet
temperature approached 39.degree. C. and continued until the target
weight gain of 3% was achieved. [0477] 12. After coating was
completed, the pan speed was set to 1.5 rpm and the exhaust
temperature was set to 27.degree. C., the airflow was maintained at
the current setting and the system cooled to an exhaust temperature
of 27-30.degree. C. [0478] 13. The tablets were discharged.
[0479] In vitro testing including testing for tamper resistance
(breaking strength, hammer test and flattened tablets) and
resistance to alcohol extraction, as well as stability tests were
performed as follows:
[0480] Cured, coated tablets (whole and flattened) were tested in
vitro using USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated
gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C. Samples were
analyzed by reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography
(HPLC) on Waters Atlantis dC18 3.0.times.150 mm, 3 .mu.m column,
using a mobile phase consisting of a mixture of acetonitrile and
non basic potassium phosphate buffer (pH 3.0) at 230 nm UV
detection. Sample time points include 0.5, 0.75, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0
hours. Additionally sample time points include 1.0, 4.0 and 12
hours.
[0481] Cured, coated tablets (whole and flattened) were tested in
vitro using ethanol/SGF media at concentrations of 0% and 40% to
evaluate alcohol extractability. Testing was performed using USP
Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid
without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C. Samples were analyzed by
reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on
Waters Atlantis dC18 3.0.times.150 mm, 3 .mu.m column, using a
mobile phase consisting of a mixture of acetonitrile and non basic
potassium phosphate buffer (pH 3.0) at 230 nm UV detection. Sample
time points include 0.5, 0.75, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0 hours.
[0482] Cured tablets were subjected to a breaking strength test by
applying a force of a maximum of 439 Newton using a Schleuniger
Model 6D apparatus to evaluate tablet resistance to breaking.
[0483] Cured tablets were subject to a high amount of pressure
using a Carver manual bench press (hydraulic unit model #3912) to
impart physical tampering by flattening the tablets.
[0484] Cured tablets were subjected to a further breaking strength
test by the manual application of 10 hammer strikes to impart
physical tampering.
[0485] Cured, coated tablets were subjected to a stability test by
storing them in 100 count bottles at different storage conditions
(25.degree. C./60% relative humidity or 40.degree. C./75% relative
humidity) for a certain period of time and subsequently testing the
tablets in vitro as described above. Sample time points regarding
storage include initial sample (i.e. prior to storage), one month,
two months, three months and six months of storage, sample time
points regarding dissolution test include 1.0, 4.0 and 12.0
hours.
[0486] Cured, coated tablets were subjected to a further stability
test by storing them in 100 count bottles at different storage
conditions (25.degree. C./60% relative humidity or 40.degree.
C./75% relative humidity) for a certain period of time and
subsequently subjecting the tablets to the assay test to determine
the content of oxycodone HCl in the tablet samples, in percent
relative to the label claim. Sample time points regarding storage
include initial sample (i.e. prior to storage), one month, two
months, three months and six months of storage. In the assay test,
oxycodone hydrochloride was extracted from two sets of ten tablets
each with 900 mL of a 1:2 mixture of acetonitrile and simulated
gastric fluid without enzyme (SGF) under constant magnetic stirring
in a 1000-mL volumetric flask until all tablets were completely
dispersed or for overnight. The sample solutions were diluted and
analyzed by reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography
(HPLC) on Waters Atlantis dC.sub.18 3.0.times.250 mm, 5 .mu.m
column maintained at 60.degree. C. using a mobile phase consisting
of acetonitrile and potassium phosphate monobasic buffer at pH 3.0
with UV detection at 280 nm.
[0487] Cured, coated tablets were subjected to a further stability
test by storing them in 100 count bottles at different storage
conditions (25.degree. C./60% relative humidity or 40.degree.
C./75% relative humidity) for a certain period of time and
subsequently subjecting the tablets to the oxycodone-N-oxide (ONO)
test to determine the content of the degradation product
oxycodone-N-oxide in percent relative to the oxycodone HCl label
claim. Sample time points regarding storage include initial sample
(i.e. prior to storage), one month, two months, three months and
six months of storage. In the ONO test, oxycodone hydrochloride and
its degradation products were extracted from a set of ten tablets
with 900 mL of a 1:2 mixture of acetonitrile and simulated gastric
fluid without enzyme (SGF) under constant magnetic stirring in a
1000-mL volumetric flask until all tablets were completely
dispersed or for overnight. The sample solutions were diluted and
analyzed by reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography
(HPLC) on Waters Atlantis dC.sub.18 3.0.times.250 mm, 5 .mu.m
column maintained at 60.degree. C. using a mobile phase consisting
of acetonitrile and potassium phosphate monobasic buffer at pH 3.0
with UV detection at 206 nm.
[0488] The results are presented in Tables 7.1 to 7.3
TABLE-US-00021 TABLE 7.1.1 Example 7.1 Flattened (n = 3) Whole (n =
10) (15,000 lbs applied) Tablet Weight (mg) 205 207 204 Dimensions
Thickness (mm) 5.95 1.01.sup.1 0.96.sup.1 % Thickness 17.0 .sup.
16.1 .sup. Diameter (mm) 7.02 17.13 .sup.2 17.35 .sup.2 Breaking
strength (N) .gtoreq.438.sup.3 Diameter (mm) 5.84 post Breaking
strength pre post Hammer Test 6.04 2.96 pre and post 5.95 3.10
tablet thickness measured (mm) 6.03 3.32 Whole Whole Flattened
Flattened SGF 40% EtOH SGF 40% EtOH Dissolution 0.5 hr 11 9 17 13
(% Released) 0.75 hr 15 12 23 18 (n = 3) 1.0 hr 20 16 28 21 1.5 hr
27 21 36 29 2.0 hr 34 27 44 35 Whole Dissolution 0.5 hr -- (%
Released) 1 hr 22 (n = 6) 2 hr -- 4 hr 57 8 hr -- 12 hr 97 .sup.13
measurements per tablet .sup.2 2 measurements per tablet
.sup.3tablets did not break when subjected to the maximum force of
438 Newton
TABLE-US-00022 TABLE 7.1.2 Stability tests Example 7.1 Storage
conditions (.degree. C./% RH) and storage time.sup.1 1 Mo 2 Mo 3 Mo
3 Mo Initial 40/75 40/75 25/60 40/75 Dissolution 1 hr 22 21 21 20
21 (% Released) 4 hr 57 57 58 56 58 (n = 6) SGF 12 hr 97 98 98 97
97 Assay test Assay 1 96.6 96.2 97.3 97.1 95.0 (% oxycodone Assay 2
95.3 97.2 95.7 98.7 96.0 HCl).sup.2 Average 96.0 96.7 96.5 97.9
95.5 ONO test 0.02 0.06 0.06 0.04 0.05 (% oxycodone N-oxide).sup.2
.sup.1[Mo = month(s)]; .sup.2relative to the label claim of
oxycodone HCl.
TABLE-US-00023 TABLE 7.2.1 Example 7.2 Flattened (n = 3) Whole (n =
10) (20,000 lbs applied) Tablet Weight (mg) 154 154 153 Dimensions
Thickness (mm) 4.68 0.75.sup.1 0.77.sup.1 % Thickness 16.0 .sup.
16.5 .sup. Diameter (mm) 7.02 17.14 .sup.2 16.90 .sup.2 Breaking
strength (N) 438.sup.3 Diameter (mm) 4.93 post Breaking strength
pre post Hammer Test 4.73 2.65 pre and post 4.64 2.95 tablet
thickness measured (mm) 4.67 2.60 Whole Whole Flattened Flattened
SGF 40% EtOH SGF 40% EtOH Dissolution 0.5 hr 14 10 21 15 (%
Released) 0.75 hr 19 14 27 20 (n = 3) 1.0 hr 24 17 33 26 1.5 hr 33
23 44 36 2.0 hr 40 29 53 43 Whole Dissolution 0.5 hr -- (%
Released) 1 hr 26 (n = 6) 2 hr -- 4 hr 67 8 hr -- 12 hr 98 .sup.13
measurements per tablet .sup.2 2 measurements per tablet
TABLE-US-00024 TABLE 7.2.2 Stability tests Example 7.2 Storage
conditions (.degree. C./% RH) and storage time.sup.1 1 Mo 2 Mo 3 Mo
3 Mo 6 Mo 6 Mo Initial 40/75 40/75 25/60 40/75 25/60 40/75
Dissolution 1 hr 26 24 22 23 24 25 25 (% Released) 4 hr 67 66 61 65
64 64 69 (n = 6) SGF 12 hr 98 101 97 98 99 99 97 Assay test Assay 1
97.1 97.7 96.4 98.4 97.3 96.3 94.1 (% oxycodone Assay 2 96.6 96.6
96.2 98.0 96.9 96.3 94.2 HCl).sup.2 Average 96.9 97.1 96.3 98.2
97.1 96.3 94.2 ONO test 0.02 0.08 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.26 (%
oxycodone N-oxide).sup.2 .sup.1[Mo = month(s)]; .sup.2relative to
the label claim of oxycodone HCl.
TABLE-US-00025 TABLE 7.3.1 Example 7.3 Flattened (n = 3) Whole (n =
10) (15,000 lbs applied) Tablet Weight (mg) 103 102 104 Dimensions
Thickness (mm) 3.92 0.61.sup.1 0.66.sup.1 (15.6) .sup. (16.8) .sup.
Diameter (mm) 6.25 15.36 .sup.2 15.24 .sup.2 Breaking strength (N)
439.sup.3 Diameter (mm) post 3.80 Breaking strength Pre post Hammer
Test 3.90 1.66 pre and post 3.89 1.97 tablet thickness measured
(mm) 3.91 1.56 Whole Whole Flattened Flattened SGF 40% EtOH SGF 40%
EtOH Dissolution 0.5 hr 19 15 26 19 (% Released) 0.75 hr 25 20 34
25 (n = 3) 1.0 hr 30 25 40 31 1.5 hr 41 33 51 41 2.0 hr 50 41 60 50
Whole Dissolution 0.5 hr (% Released) 1 hr 32 (n = 6) 2 hr -- 4 hr
83 8 hr -- 12 hr 101 .sup.13 measurements per tablet .sup.2 2
measurements per tablet .sup.3The tablets did not break when
subjected to the maximum force of 439 Newton.
TABLE-US-00026 TABLE 7.3.2 Stability tests Example 7.3 Storage
conditions (.degree. C./% RH) and storage time.sup.1 1 Mo 2 Mo 3 Mo
Initial 40/75 40/75 25/60 Dissolution 1 hr 32 29 30 31 (% Released)
4 hr 83 76 77 78 (n = 6) SGF 12 hr 101 103 102 103 Assay test Assay
1 99.4 99.4 97.3 101.0 (% oxycodone Assay 2 98.8 98.9 100.0 101.0
HCl).sup.2 Average 99.1 99.1 98.6 101.0 ONO test 0.05 0.01 0.01
0.02 (% oxycodone N-oxide).sup.2 .sup.1[Mo = month(s)];
.sup.2relative to the label claim of oxycodone HCl
Example 8
[0489] Two further 160 mg oxycodone hydrochloride tablets (Examples
8.1 and 8.2) were manufactured.
Compositions:
TABLE-US-00027 [0490] Example 8.1 Example 8.2 Ingredient mg/unit %
mg/unit % Oxycodone 160 25 160 25 Hydrochloride Polyethylene Oxide
476.8 74.5 284.8 44.5 (high MW, grade 301) Polyethylene Oxide 0 0
192 30 (low MW, grade N10) Magnesium Stearate 3.2 0.5 3.2 0.5 Total
640 100 640 100
[0491] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0492] 1 Oxycodone HCl and Polyethylene Oxide were dry mixed in a
low/high shear Black & Decker Handy Chopper dual blade mixer
with a 1.5 cup capacity for 30 seconds. [0493] 2. Magnesium
Stearate was added and mixed with the step 1 blend for additional
30 seconds [0494] 3. Step 2 blend was compressed to target weight
on a single station tablet Manesty Type F 3 press using a capsule
shaped tooling (7.937.times.14.290 mm). [0495] 4. Step 2 tablets
were placed onto a tray placed in a Hotpack model 435304 oven at
73.degree. C. for 3 hours to cure the tablets.
[0496] In vitro testing including testing for tamper resistance
(breaking strength test) was performed as follows:
[0497] The tablets were tested in vitro using USP Apparatus 1
(basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., using an Agilent UV/VIS
Spectrometer Model HP8453, UV wavelength at 280 nM, after having
been subjected to curing for 3 hours. Tablet dimensions of the
uncured and cured tablets and dissolution results are presented in
Table 8.
[0498] As a further tamper resistance test, the cured and uncured
tablets were subjected to a breaking strength test applying a force
of a maximum of 196 Newton using a Schleuniger 2E/106 Apparatus to
evaluate the resistance to breaking. The results are presented in
Table 8.
[0499] Additionally, the tablets were flattened with a hammer using
10 manually conducted hammer strikes to impart physical tampering
(hammer test). Results are presented in Table 8.
TABLE-US-00028 TABLE 8 Example 8.1 Example 8.2 Uncured 3 hr cure
Uncured 3 hr cure (n = 12) (n = 5) (n = 12) (n = 10) Tablet Weight
(mg) 648 648 643 643 Dimensions Thickness (mm) 7.07 7.42 7.01 7.20
Width (mm) 7.96 7.97 7.96 7.91 Breaking 196+ .sup.1 196+ .sup.1
196+ .sup.1 196+ .sup.1 strength(N) (n = 2) (n = 1) (n = 2) (n = 2)
Dissolution 0.5 hr Not 9 Not 13 (% Released) 1 hr tested 15 tested
21 2 hr 23 35 4 hr 38 59 8 hr 60 89 12 hr 76 92 Post Hammer Test
Readily -- Readily 3.80 (10 strikes applied manually) broke broke
Thickness (mm) apart apart .sup.1 The hardness tester would max at
20+ Kp equivalent to 196+ Newtons (1 Kp = 9.807 Newtons), the
tablets did not break when subjected to the maximum force of 196
N.
Example 9
[0500] Three examples comprising each 12 mg of hydromorphone
hydrochloride were manufactured and tested.
Compositions:
TABLE-US-00029 [0501] Example 9.1 Example 9.2 Example 9.3 mg/unit
mg/unit mg/unit Tablet Hydromorphone HCl 12 12 12 Polyethylene
Oxide 483 681 829.5 (MW: approximately 7,000,000; Polyox .TM. WSR
303) Magnesium Stearate 5 7 8.5 Total 500 700 850 Total Batch size
(kg) 100 100 100 (amount manufactured) Film Coating Magnesium
Stearate 0.100 0.142 0.170 Opadry white film 15 21 25.5 coating
concentrate formula Y-5-18024-A Coating Batch Size (kg) 80 79
80
[0502] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0503] 1. The Hydromorphone HCl and magnesium stearate were passed
through a Sweco Sifter equipped with a 20 mesh screen, into
separate suitable containers. [0504] 2. A Gemco "V" blender (with I
bar)--10 cu. ft. was charged in the following order: [0505]
Approximately 25 kg of the polyethylene oxide WSR 303 [0506]
Hydromorphone hydrochloride [0507] Approximately 25 kg of the
polyethylene oxide WSR 303 [0508] 3. Step 2 materials were blended
for 10 minutes with the I bar on. [0509] 4. The remaining
polyethylene oxide WSR 303 was charged into the Gemco "V" blender.
[0510] 5. Step 4 materials were blended for 10 minutes with the I
bar on. [0511] 6. Magnesium stearate was charged into the Gemco "V"
blender. [0512] 7. Step 6 materials were blended for 3 minutes with
the I bar off. [0513] 8. Step 7 blend was charged into clean,
tared, stainless steel containers. [0514] 9. Step 8 blend was
compressed to target weight on a 40 station tablet press at 133,000
tph speed using 1/2 inch standard round, concave (plain) tooling.
[0515] 10. Step 9 tablets were loaded into a 48 inch Accela-Coat
coating pan at a load of 80 kg (Example 9.1 and 9.3) and 79 kg
(Example 9.2). [0516] 11. The pan speed was set to 2 rpm and the
tablet bed was heated by setting the exhaust air temperature to
achieve a target inlet temperature of approximately 75.degree. C.
The tablets were cured for 1 hour and 15 minutes at the following
inlet temperature range, 75-87.degree. C. (Example 9.1),
75-89.degree. C. (Example 9.2) and 75-86.degree. C. (Example 9.3).
[0517] 12. At the onset of cooling the pan speed was increased to 7
rpm and the tablet bed was cooled using an exhaust air temperature
to achieve a 25.degree. C. inlet temperature until the exhaust
temperature achieves 30-34.degree. C. During the cooling process,
magnesium stearate was added to the tablet bed to reduce tablet
sticking. [0518] 13. The tablet bed was warmed using an exhaust air
temperature to target a 55.degree. C. inlet temperature. The film
coating was started once the outlet temperature approached
39.degree. C. and continued until the target weight gain of 3% was
achieved. [0519] 14. After coating was completed, the pan speed was
set to 1.5 rpm and the exhaust temperature was set to 27.degree.
C., the airflow was maintained at the current setting and the
system cooled to an exhaust temperature of 27-30.degree. C. [0520]
15. The tablets were discharged.
Example 10
[0521] A further tablet comprising 12 mg of hydromorphone
hydrochloride was prepared.
Composition:
TABLE-US-00030 [0522] Example 10 Tablet mg/unit Hydromorphone HCl
12 Polyethylene Oxide 483 (MW: approximately 7,000,000; Polyox .TM.
WSR 303) Magnesium Stearate 5 Total 500 Total Batch size (kg)
119.98 (amount manufactured)
[0523] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0524] 1. The hydromorphone HCl and magnesium stearate were passed
through a Sweco Sifter equipped with a 20 mesh screen, into
separate suitable containers. [0525] 2. A Gemco "V" blender (with 1
bar)--10 cu. ft. was charged in the following order: [0526]
Approximately 60 kg of the polyethylene oxide WSR 303 [0527]
Hydromorphone hydrochloride [0528] 3. Step 2 materials were blended
for 10 minutes with the I bar on. [0529] 4. The remaining
polyethylene oxide WSR 303 was charged into the Gemco "V" blender.
[0530] 5. Step 4 materials were blended for 10 minutes with the I
bar on. [0531] 6. Magnesium stearate was charged into the Gemco "V"
blender. [0532] 7. Step 6 materials were blended for 3 minutes with
the I bar off. [0533] 8. Step 7 blend was charged into clean,
tared, stainless steel containers. [0534] 9. Step 8 blend was
compressed to target weight on a 40 station tablet press at 150,000
tph speed using 1/2 inch standard round, concave (plain) tooling.
[0535] 10. Step 9 tablets were loaded into a 48 inch Accela-Coat
coating pan at a load of 92.887 kg. [0536] 11. The pan speed was
set to 1.9 rpm and the tablet bed was heated by setting the exhaust
air temperature to achieve a target inlet temperature of
approximately 80.degree. C. The tablets were cured for 2 hours at
the following inlet temperature range 80-85.degree. C. [0537] 12.
At the end of curing and onset of cooling, the tablet bed began to
agglomerate (tablets sticking together). The pan speed was
increased up to 2.8 rpm, but the tablet bed fully agglomerated and
was non-recoverable for coating.
[0538] It is assumed that the agglomeration of tablets can be
avoided, for example by lowering the curing temperature, by
increasing the pan speed, by the use of Magnesium Stearate as
anti-tacking agent, or by applying a sub-coating prior to
curing.
[0539] However some tablets were sampled prior to cooling for In
vitro testing which was performed as follows:
[0540] Cured tablets were tested in vitro using USP Apparatus 2
(paddle) at 75 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C. using an on Waters Alliance System
equipped with a Waters Novapak C.sub.18 3.9 mm.times.150 mm column,
using a mobile phase consisting of a mixture of acetonitrile, SDS,
and mono basic sodium phosphate buffer (pH 2.9). Detection was done
with a PDA detector. Sample time points include 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 18,
and 22 hours.
TABLE-US-00031 TABLE 10 USP Apparatus 2 Dissolution 1 hr 19 (%
Released) 2 hr 30 (n = 6) 4 hr 48 8 hr 77 12 hr 95 18 hr 103 22 hr
104
Example 11
[0541] A further tablet comprising 12 mg of hydromorphone
hydrochloride was prepared.
Composition:
TABLE-US-00032 [0542] mg/unit Tablet Hydromorphone HCl 12
Polyethylene Oxide 681 (MW: approximately 7,000,000; Polyox .TM.
WSR 303) Magnesium Stearate 7 Total 700 Total Batch size (kg)
122.53 (amount manufactured) Film Coating Opadry white film coating
concentrate 21 formula Y-5-18024-A Coating Batch Size (kg) 80
[0543] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0544] 1. The hydromorphone HCl and magnesium stearate were passed
through a Sweco Sifter equipped with a 20 mesh screen, into
separate suitable containers. [0545] 2. A Gemco "V" blender (with I
bar)--10 cu. ft. was charged in the following order: [0546]
Approximately 60 kg of the polyethylene oxide WSR 303 [0547]
Hydromorphone hydrochloride [0548] 3. The remaining polyethylene
oxide WSR 303 was charged into the Gemco "V" blender. [0549] 4.
Step 4 materials were blended for 10 minutes with the I bar on.
[0550] 5. Magnesium stearate was charged into the Gemco "V"
blender. [0551] 6. Step 5 materials were blended for 3 minutes with
the I bar off. [0552] 7. Step 6 blend was charged into clean,
tared, stainless steel containers. [0553] 8. Step 7 blend was
compressed to target weight on a 40 station tablet press at 150,000
tph speed using 1/2 inch standard round, concave (plain) tooling.
[0554] 9. Step 8 tablets were loaded into a 48 inch Accela-Coat
coating pan at a load of 80.000 kg. [0555] 10. The pan speed was
set to 1.8 rpm and the tablet bed was heated by setting the exhaust
air temperature to achieve a target inlet temperature of
approximately 80.degree. C. The tablets were cured for 1.25 hours
at the following inlet temperature range 75-85.degree. C. [0556]
11. At the end of curing and onset of cooling, the tablet bed began
to agglomerate (tablets sticking together). The pan speed was
increased up to 10 rpm, and the tablets separated. [0557] 12. The
pan speed was continued at approximately 10 rpm and the tablet bed
was cooled using an exhaust air temperature to achieve a 25.degree.
C. inlet temperature until the exhaust temperature achieves
30-34.degree. C. [0558] 13. The tablet bed was warmed using an
exhaust air temperature to target a 55.degree. C. inlet
temperature. The film coating was started once the outlet
temperature approached 39.degree. C. and continued until the target
weight gain of 3% was achieved. [0559] 14. After coating was
completed, the pan speed was set to 1.5 rpm and the exhaust
temperature was set to 27.degree. C., the airflow was maintained at
the current setting and the system cooled to an exhaust temperature
of 27-30.degree. C. [0560] 15. The tablets were discharged. In
vitro testing was performed as follows:
[0561] Coated tablets were tested in vitro using USP Apparatus 2
(paddle) at 75 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C. using an a Waters Alliance System
equipped with a Waters Novapak C.sub.18 3.9 mm.times.150 mm column,
using a mobile phase consisting of a mixture of acetonitrile, SDS,
and mono basic sodium phosphate buffer (pH 2.9). Detection was done
with a PDA detector. Sample time points include 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 18,
22, and 24 hours. The results are presented in Table 11.
TABLE-US-00033 TABLE 11 USP Apparatus 2 Dissolution 1 hr 12 (%
Released) 2 hr 19 (Mean n = 6) 4 hr 29 8 hr 46 12 hr 60 18 hr 76 22
hr 84 24 hr 88
Example 12
[0562] Two further examples comprising 10 mg of oxycodone
hydrochloride which include core tablets as presented in Example
2.3 were manufactured which were coated by a polyethylene oxide
coating to provide a delay of the release.
Composition: Core Tablet
TABLE-US-00034 [0563] Ingredient mg/unit Oxycodone HCl 10
Polyethylene Oxide 85 (MW: approximately 4,000,000; Polyox .TM.
WSR301) Hydroxypropyl Cellulose 5 (Klucel .TM. HXF) Total Tablet
Core 100
Composition: Compression Coat Over Core Tablet
TABLE-US-00035 [0564] Example 12.1 Example 12.2 Ingredient mg/unit
mg/unit Polyethylene Oxide 200 100 (MW: approximately 4,000,000;
Polyox .TM. WSR301) Core tablet 100 100 Total Tablet Weight 300
200
Process of Manufacture:
[0565] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0566] 1. A tablet from Example 2.3 was used as the tablet core.
[0567] 2. A single station Manesty Type F 3 tablet press was
equipped with 0.3125 inch, round, standard concave plain tooling.
[0568] 3. For Example 12.1, approximately 100 mg of Polyethylene
Oxide was placed in the die, the tablet core was manually centered
in the die (on top of the powder bed), an additional 100 mg of
Polyethylene Oxide was placed on top of the tablet in the die.
[0569] 4. The materials were manually compressed by turning the
compression wheel. [0570] 5. For Example 12.2, approximately 50 mg
of Polyethylene Oxide was placed in the die, the tablet core was
manually centered in the die (on top of the powder bed), an
additional 50 mg of Polyethylene Oxide was placed on top of the
tablet in the die. [0571] 6. The materials were manually compressed
by turning the compression wheel. [0572] 7. Step 4 and step 6
tablets were placed onto a tray placed in a Hotpack model 435304
oven targeting 75.degree. C. for 3 hours to cure the compression
coated tablets.
In Vitro Testing was Performed as Follows:
[0573] The tablets were tested in vitro using USP Apparatus 1
(basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., using a Perkin Elmer UV/VIS
Spectrometer Lambda 20 USP Apparatus, UV at 220 nM. The cured
compression coated tablet dimensions and dissolution results are
presented in Table 12.
TABLE-US-00036 TABLE 12 Example 12.1 Example 12.2 Tablet Weight
(mg) 304 312 209 210 Dimensions Thickness (mm) 5.62 5.73 5.24 5.29
Diameter (mm) 9.10 9.10 7.61 7.54 Dissolution 0.5 hr 0 1 (%
Released) 1 hr 0 15 (n = 2) 2 hr 1 47 4 hr 9 95 8 hr 82 96 12 hr 97
96
Example 13
[0574] In Example 13, five different 156 mg tablets (Examples 13.1
to 13.5) including 10, 15, 20, 30 and 40 mg of Oxycodone HCl were
prepared using high molecular weight polyethylene oxide.
Compositions:
TABLE-US-00037 [0575] Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- ple ple ple ple
ple 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 mg/unit mg/unit mg/unit mg/unit
mg/unit Ingredient Oxycodone HCl 10 15 20 30 40 Polyethylene oxide
138.5 133.5 128.5 118.5 108.5 (MW: approximately 4,000,000; Polyox
.TM. WSR- 301) Magnesium Stearate 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Total Core
Tablet 150 150 150 150 150 Weight (mg) Total Batch size 10 kg 10 kg
10 kg 10 kg 10 kg Coating Opadry film coating 6 6 6 6 6 Total
Tablet Weight 156 156 156 156 156 (mg) Coating Batch Size 8.754
9.447 9.403 8.717 8.902 (kg)
[0576] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0577] 1. A Patterson Kelly "V` blender (with I bar)--16 quart was
charged in the following order: [0578] Approximately 1/2 of the
polyethylene oxide WSR 301 [0579] Oxycodone hydrochloride [0580]
Remaining polyethylene oxide WSR 301 [0581] 2. Step 1 materials
were blended for 5 minutes with the I bar on. [0582] 3. Magnesium
stearate was charged into the "V" blender. [0583] 4. Step 3
materials were blended for 1 minute with the I bar off. [0584] 5.
Step 4 blend was charged into a plastic bag. [0585] 6. Step 5 blend
was compressed to target weight on an 8 station tablet press at
35,000 tph speed using 9/32 inch standard round, concave (embossed)
tooling. [0586] 7. Step 6 tablets were loaded into a 24 inch
Compu-Lab coating pan at a pan load of 8.754 kg (Example 13.1),
9.447 kg (Example 13.2), 9.403 kg (Example 13.3), 8.717 kg (Example
13.4), 8.902 kg (Example 13.5). [0587] 8. A temperature probe (wire
thermocouple) was placed into the pan directly above the tablet bed
so that the probe tip was near the moving bed of tablets. [0588] 9.
The pan speed was set to 7 rpm and the tablet bed was heated by
setting the inlet temperature to achieve a probe target temperature
of 75.degree. C. The curing starting point (as described by method
4) was initiated once the temperature probe indicated approximately
70.degree. C. (Example 13.1 at 68.3.degree. C., Example 13.2 at
69.9.degree. C., Example 13.3 and 13.4 at 70.0.degree. C., and
Example 13.5 at 71.0.degree. C.). Once the target probe temperature
was achieved, the inlet temperature was adjusted as necessary to
maintain this target probe temperature. The tablets were cured for
90 minutes. The pan speed was increased to 12 rpm at approximately
60 minutes of curing (except for Example 13.5, the pan speed was
maintained at 7 rpm throughout curing). Samples were taken after 30
minutes, 60 minutes and 90 minutes of curing. The temperature
profile of the curing processes for Examples 13.1 to 13.5 is
presented in Tables 13.1.1 to 13.5.1 and in FIGS. 10 to 14. [0589]
10. At the end of curing, magnesium stearate was added to the
moving be of tablets as an anti-tacking agent. The amount of
magnesium stearate added was 8.75 g (Example 13.1), 1.8887 g
(Example 13.2), 1.8808 g (Example 13.3), 1.7400 g (Example 13.4),
and 1.784 g (Example 13.5). The magnesium stearate was weighed in a
weigh boat and was applied by manually dispensing (dusting) the
powder across the moving tablet bed. The pan speed was continued at
12 rpm (Example 13.5 at 7 rpm) and the tablet bed was cooled by
setting the inlet temperature to 21.degree. C. The tablet bed was
cooled to an exhaust temperature of <41.degree. C. [0590] 11.
The tablet bed was warmed using an inlet setting of 55.degree. C.
The film coating was started once the exhaust temperature achieved
approximately 43.degree. C. and continued until the target weight
gain of 4% was achieved. [0591] 12. After film coating was
completed, the pan speed was reduced (3 to 6 rpm) and the inlet
temperature was set to 21.degree. to 25.degree. C. to cool the
system, the airflow was maintained at the current setting. [0592]
13. The tablets were discharged.
[0593] In vitro testing including breaking strength tests and
density measurement was performed as follows:
[0594] Tablets cured for 30 minutes and 60 minutes, and tablets
cured for 90 minutes and coated were tested in vitro using USP
Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid
without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C. Samples were analyzed by
reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on
Waters Atlantis dC18 3.0.times.150 mm, column, using a mobile phase
consisting of a mixture of acetonitrile and non basic potassium
phosphate buffer (pH 3.0) at 230 nm UV detection. Sample time
points include 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0 and 12.0 hours. Tablet dimensions
and dissolution results corresponding to the respective curing time
and temperature are presented in Tables 13.1.2 to 13.5.2.
[0595] Uncured tablets, cured tablets and cured, coated tablets
were subjected to a breaking strength test by applying a force of a
maximum of 439 Newton using a Schleuniger Model 6D apparatus to
evaluate tablet resistance to breaking or to a breaking strength
test applying a force of a maximum of 196 Newton using a
Schleuniger 2E/106 Apparatus to evaluate the resistance to
breaking.
[0596] The density of uncured tablets and tablets cured for
different periods of time (30, 60 and 90 minutes samples) was
determined by Archimedes principle, using a Top-loading Mettler
Toledo balance Model #AB 135-S/FACT, Serial #1127430072 and a
density determination kit 33360, according to the following
procedure: [0597] 1. Set-up the Mettler Toledo balance with the
Density Determination Kit. [0598] 2. Fill an appropriately sized
beaker (200 ml) with hexane. [0599] 3. Weigh the tablet in air and
record the weight as Weight A. [0600] 4. Transfer the same tablet
onto the lower coil within the beaker filled with hexane. [0601] 5.
Determine the weight of the tablet in hexane and record the weight
as Weight B. [0602] 6. Perform the density calculation according to
the equation
[0602] .rho. = A A - B .rho. 0 , ##EQU00003## [0603] wherein [0604]
p.sub.: Density of the tablet [0605] A: Weight of the tablet in air
[0606] B: Weight of the tablet when immersed in the liquid [0607]
.rho..sub.0: Density of the liquid at a given temperature (density
of hexane at 20.degree. C.=0.660 g/ml (Merck Index) [0608] 7.
Record the density.
[0609] The reported density values are mean values of 3 tablets and
all refer to uncoated tablets.
[0610] The results are presented in the following Tables.
TABLE-US-00038 TABLE 13.1.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 13.1 Total Curing Set inlet Actual inlet Probe
Exhaust Time time temperature temperature temperature temperature
(min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree.
C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.).sup.4 Comments 0 -- 27 26.9 26.8 25.7 10 --
75 74.9 59.5 56.8 15 0 85 84.8 68.3 65.5 Curing starts 20 5 85 84.7
71 68.4 26 11 85 84.8 72.8 70.1 30 15 85 84.8 74 70.9 45 30 83 83
74.8 74.7 30 min sample 55 40 81 81.2 74.8 76 61 46 81 81.2 74.7
75.9 65 50 81 81 74.8 75.8 70 55 81 81 74.7 75.8 75 60 81 81.1 75
75.9 60 min sample 85 70 81 81.1 74.6 75.8 95 80 81 81.1 74.8 75.9
105 90 81 80.9 74.9 76 End of curing, 90 min sample 112 -- 21 35.3
49 55.6 128 -- 21 33.4 32 -- .sup.1determined according to method
4, .sup.2temperature measured at the inlet; .sup.3temperature
measured using the temperature probe (wire thermocouple)
.sup.4temperature measured at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00039 TABLE 13.1.2 Example 13.1 90 min cure, Uncured 30
min cure 60 min cure coated (n = 5) (n = 5) (n = 5) (n = 5) Tablet
Weight (mg) 153 153 152 158 Dimensions Thickness (mm) 4.63 4.98
4.89 4.89 Diameter (mm) 7.14 7.00 6.98 6.98 Breaking strength (N)
80 196 .sup.1 196 .sup.1 438 .sup.2 n = 3 n = 3 n = 6 Dissolution 1
hr -- 25 (9.5) 24 (8.4) 27 (7.3) (% Released) 2 hr -- 39 (7.7) 39
(8.7) 43 (6.6) SGF 4 hr -- 62 (7.0) 62 (5.8) 67 (6.8) 8 hr -- 89
(4.7) 91 (5.0) 92 (2.9) 12 hr -- 100 (3.3) 100 (3.6) 101 (2.4)
.sup.1 maximum force of the hardness tester, the tablets did not
break when subjected to the maximum force of 196 N. .sup.2 maximum
force of the hardness tester, the tablets did not break when
subjected to the maximum force of 438 N.
TABLE-US-00040 TABLE 13.2.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 13.2 Total Curing Set inlet Actual inlet Probe
Exhaust Time time temperature temperature temperature temperature
(min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree.
C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.).sup.4 Comments 0 -- 23 22.7 26.1 23.8 5 --
85 81 55.7 51.1 10 -- 85 85.1 63.7 62.3 21 0 85 84.8 69.9 69.1
Curing starts 31 10 85 85.1 72.4 70.9 41 20 85 85.1 73.7 72.5 51 30
82 82 74.8 75.8 30 min sample 61 40 82 81.9 75 76.2 71 50 81 81
74.8 75.9 81 60 81 80.8 75 75.9 60 min sample 91 70 81 81 74.9 76
101 80 80.5 80.5 74.8 75.8 111 90 80.5 80.5 74.8 75.7 End of
curing, 90 min sample 118 -- 21 23.1 50 55.1 131 -- 21 22.4 34.1
37.7 .sup.1determined according to method 4, .sup.2temperature
measured at the inlet; .sup.3temperature measured using the
temperature probe (wire thermocouple), .sup.4temperature measured
at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00041 TABLE 13.2.2 Example 13.2 90 min cure, Uncured 30
min cure 60 min cure coated (n = 5) (n = 5) (n = 5) (n = 5) Tablet
Weight (mg) 152 153 152 157 Dimensions Thickness (mm) 4.69 4.99
4.90 4.84 Diameter (mm) 7.14 6.98 6.95 6.95 Breaking strength (N)
62 196 .sup.1 196 .sup.1 196 .sup.1 n = 6 n = 6 n = 6 Dissolution 1
hr -- 23 (10.6) 22 (8.5) 25 (5.2) (% Released) 2 hr -- 38 (10.1) 37
(7.7) 41 (4.6) SGF 4 hr -- 64 (9.5) 61 (8.1) 65 (3.6) 8 hr -- 92
(6.8) 90 (4.6) 91 (2.4) 12 hr -- 100 (3.4) 100 (3.2) 99 (2.9)
.sup.1 maximum force of the hardness tester, the tablets did not
break when subjected to the maximum force of 196 N.
TABLE-US-00042 TABLE 13.3.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 13.3: Total Curing Set inlet Actual inlet Probe
Exhaust Time time temperature temperature temperature temperature
(min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree.
C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.).sup.4 Comments 0 -- 25 24.9 27.8 26.2 5 --
90 85 58.2 53.9 10 -- 90 89.8 67 65.1 13 0 90 90.1 70 68.3 Curing
starts 23 10 90 90 74.6 72.2 33 20 86 85.9 74.7 73.4 43 30 83 83.1
75.4 76.5 30 min sample 53 40 82 82.1 74.9 76.3 63 50 81.5 81.8 75
76.4 73 60 81.5 81.5 74.7 76.1 60 min sample 83 70 81.5 81.5 75
76.1 93 80 81.5 81.6 75 76.1 103 90 81.5 81.3 75 76.1 End of
curing, 90 min sample 109 -- 21 35.5 50 57.5 121 -- 21 22.6 33.8
39.3 .sup.1determined according to method 4, .sup.2temperature
measured at the inlet; .sup.3temperature measured using the
temperature probe (wire thermocouple), .sup.4temperature measured
at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00043 TABLE 13.3.2 Example 13.3 90 min cure, Uncured 30
min cure 60 min cure coated (n = 5) (n = 5) (n = 5) (n = 5) Tablet
Weight (mg) 154 154 152 160 Dimensions Thickness (mm) 4.56 4.85
4.79 4.77 Diameter (mm) 7.13 7.01 6.96 6.98 Breaking strength (N)
83 196 .sup.1 196 .sup.1 196 .sup.1 n = 6 n = 6 n = 6 Dissolution 1
hr -- 22 (5.8) 26 (9.2) 23 (5.7) (% Released) 2 hr -- 37 (6.4) 42
(8.6) 39 (4.7) SGF 4 hr -- 61 (6.3) 67 (6.3) 64 (3.7) 8 hr -- 90
(4.5) 93 (3.3) 92 (2.7) 12 hr -- 99 (3.1) 101 (2.2) 101 (1.8)
.sup.1 maximum force of the hardness tester, the tablets did not
break when subjected to the maximum force of 196 N.
TABLE-US-00044 TABLE 13.4.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 13.4: Total Curing Set inlet Actual inlet Probe
Exhaust Time time temperature temperature temperature temperature
(min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree.
C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.).sup.4 Comments 0 -- 25 25 24.6 23.4 5 -- 90
85 46.8 51 10 -- 90 89.9 56.6 63.8 15 -- 90 89.8 68.5 68.7 16 0 90
90.1 70 69.5 Curing starts 26 10 90 90 73.6 72.9 36 20 86 86 75.4
76.8 46 30 84 84 75.4 77.2 30 min sample 56 40 83 82.9 75.1 76.8 66
50 82 81.4 74.8 76.6 76 60 82 81.7 74.7 76.3 60 min sample 86 70 82
82.1 75 76.3 96 80 82 82.1 75.1 76.3 106 90 82 82.1 75.1 76.4 End
of curing, 90 min sample 112 -- 21 33.8 55.9 50 126 -- 21 22.1 31.6
34.6 .sup.1determined according to method 4, .sup.2temperature
measured at the inlet; .sup.3temperature measured using the
temperature probe (wire thermocouple), .sup.4temperature measured
at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00045 TABLE 13.4.2 Example 13.4 90 min cure, Uncured 30
min cure 60 min cure coated (n = 5) (n = 5) (n = 5) (n = 5) Tablet
Weight (mg) 150 151 150 159 Dimensions Thickness (mm) 4.43 4.73
4.67 4.68 Diameter (mm) 7.13 7.00 6.97 7.00 Breaking strength (N)
65 196 .sup.1 196 .sup.1 196 .sup.1 n = 6 n = 6 Dissolution 1 hr --
29 (3.2) 25 (7.9) 24 (5.5) (% Released) 2 hr -- 47 (3.1) 42 (6.7)
41 (5.2) SGF 4 hr -- 71 (2.4) 67 (5.2) 67 (6.2) 8 hr -- 92 (2.5) 92
(4.3) 94 (3.2) 12 hr -- 99 (2.1) 100 (2.8) 101 (2.2) .sup.1 maximum
force of the hardness tester, the tablets did not break when
subjected to the maximum force of 196 N.
TABLE-US-00046 TABLE 13.5.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 13.5: Total Curing Set inlet Actual inlet Probe
Exhaust Time time temperature temperature temperature temperature
(min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree.
C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.).sup.4 Comments 0 -- 80 69.2 39.8 35.6 10 --
90 80.2 64.9 65.6 20 0 90 90.2 70.9 71 Curing starts 25 5 90 89.9
71.7 72.4 30 10 90 90.1 72.8 73.4 35 15 85 87.1 74.1 76.1 50 30 85
85 75.2 77.5 30 min sample 60 40 83 83.2 74.7 76.8 80 60 83 83.1
75.1 76.5 60 min sample 90 70 83 83 75.3 76.6 100 80 80 79.1 74.4
76 110 90 80 80.1 73.6 74.7 End of curing, 90 min sample 115 -- 21
39.6 55.6 59.4 120 -- 21 24.5 41.5 45.2 125 -- 21 23 37.7 40.7
.sup.1determined according to method 4, .sup.2temperature measured
at the inlet; .sup.3temperature measured using the temperature
probe (wire thermocouple), .sup.4temperature measured at the
exhaust.
TABLE-US-00047 TABLE 13.5.2 Example 13.5 90 min 30 min 60 min 90
min cure, Uncured cure cure cure coated (n = 5) (n = 5) (n = 5) (n
= 5) (n = 5) Tablet Weight (mg) 156 157 154 153 158 Dimensions
Thickness (mm) 4.45 4.66 4.57 4.52 4.51 Diameter (mm) 7.12 7.06
7.04 7.03 7.08 Breaking strength (N) 90 438 .sup.1 438 .sup.1 438
.sup.1 438 .sup.1 Relaxed diameter (mm) -- 4.57 4.68 4.69 4.67 post
breaking strength test (NLT 15 min relax period) n = 6 n = 6
Dissolution 1 hr -- 28 (5.0) 29 (5.9) -- 26 (1.4) (% Released) 2 hr
-- 45 (5.2) 45 (5.6) -- 42 (1.4) SGF 4 hr -- 69 (4.8) 70 (4.4) --
68 (2.0) 8 hr -- 93 (4.2) 94 (4.0) -- 94 (4.0) 12 hr -- 98 (3.9)
102 (5.2) -- 99 (5.1) .sup.1 maximum force of the hardness tester,
the tablets did not break when subjected to the maximum force of
438 N.
TABLE-US-00048 TABLE 13.6 Density (g/cm.sup.3).sup.1 Density 30 min
60 min 90 min change after Uncured cure cure cure curing (%).sup.2
Example 13.1 1.172 1.131 1.134 1.137 -2.986 Example 13.2 1.174
1.137 1.137 1.140 -2.896 Example 13.3 1.179 1.151 1.152 1.152
-2.290 Example 13.4 1.182 1.167 1.168 1.172 -0.846 Example 13.5
1.222 1.183 1.183 1.187 -2.864 .sup.1The density value is a mean
value of 3 tablets measured; .sup.2The density change after curing
corresponds to the observed density change in % of the tablets
cured for 90 min in comparison to the uncured tablets.
Example 14
[0611] In Example 14, five different 156 mg tablets (Examples 14.1
to 14.5) including 10, 15, 20, 30 and 40 mg of oxycodone HCl were
prepared using high molecular weight polyethylene oxide, in a
larger batch size compared to Example 13.
Compositions:
TABLE-US-00049 [0612] Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- ple ple ple ple
ple 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 mg/unit mg/unit mg/unit mg/unit
mg/unit Ingredient Oxycodone HCl 10 15 20 30 40 Polyethylene oxide
138.5 133.5 128.5 118.5 108.5 (MW: approximately 4,000,000; Polyox
.TM. WSR- 301) Magnesium Stearate 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Total Core
Tablet 150 150 150 150 150 Weight (mg) Total Batch size 100 kg 100
kg 100 kg 100 kg 100 kg Coating Opadry film coating 6 6 6 6 6 Total
Tablet Weight 156 156 156 156 156 (mg) Coating Batch Size 97.480
98.808 97.864 99.511 98.788 (kg)
[0613] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0614] 1. The magnesium stearate was passed through a Sweco Sifter
equipped with a 20 mesh screen, into a separate suitable container.
[0615] 2. A Gemco "V" blender (with I bar)--10 cu. ft. was charged
in the following order: [0616] Approximately 1/2 of the
polyethylene oxide WSR 301 [0617] Oxycodone hydrochloride [0618]
Remaining polyethylene oxide WSR 301 [0619] 3. Step 2 materials
were blended for 10 minutes with the I bar on. [0620] 4. Magnesium
stearate was charged into the Gemco "V" blender. [0621] 5. Step 4
materials were blended for 3 minutes with the I bar off. [0622] 6.
Step 5 blend was charged into clean, tared, stainless steel
containers. [0623] 7. Step 6 blend was compressed to target weight
on a 40 station tablet press at 135,000 tph using 9/32 inch
standard round, concave (embossed) tooling. [0624] 8. Step 7
tablets were loaded into a 48 inch Accela-Coat coating pan at a
load of 97.480 kg (Example 14.1), 98.808 kg (Example 14.2), 97.864
kg (Example 14.3), 99.511 kg (Example 14.4) and 98.788 kg (Example
14.5). [0625] 9. The pan speed was set to 7 rpm and the tablet bed
was heated by setting the exhaust air temperature to achieve an
inlet air temperature of 75.degree. C. The tablets were cured at
the target inlet temperature for 1 hour (Examples 14.1 to 14.5).
The starting point used for the determination of the curing time
according to method 1 was the point when the inlet temperature
achieved the target temperature of 75.degree. C. The temperature
profile of the curing processes of Examples 14.1 to 14.5 is
presented in Tables 14.1.1 to 14.5.1 and in FIGS. 15 to 19. [0626]
10. The pan speed was continued at 7 rpm for Examples 14.2, 14.4
and 14.5. The pan speed was increased up to 10 rpm for Example 14.1
and up to 8 rpm for Example 14.3. For Examples 14.2 to 14.5, 20 g
of magnesium stearate was added as an anti-tacking agent. The
tablet bed was cooled by slowly lowering the exhaust temperature
setting (Example 14.1) or by immediately setting the exhaust
temperature setting to 25.degree. C. (Example 14.2) or 30.degree.
C. (Examples 14.3 to 14.5). until a specific exhaust temperature of
30 to 34.degree. C. was reached. [0627] 11. The tablet bed was
warmed using an exhaust air temperature to target a 55.degree. C.
inlet temperature. The film coating was started once the exhaust
temperature approached 39.degree. C. and continued until the target
weight gain of 4% was achieved. [0628] 12. After coating was
completed, the pan speed was set to 1.5 rpm and the exhaust
temperature was set to 27.degree. C., the airflow was maintained at
the current setting and the system cooled to an exhaust temperature
of 27-30.degree. C. [0629] 13. The tablets were discharged.
[0630] In vitro testing including breaking strength tests and
stability tests was performed as follows:
[0631] Tablets cured for 1 hour and coated were tested in vitro
using USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 nil simulated
gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C. Samples were
analyzed by reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography
(HPLC) on Waters Atlantis dC18 3.0.times.150 mm, 3 .mu.m column,
using a mobile phase consisting of a mixture of acetonitrile and
non basic potassium phosphate buffer (pH 3.0) at 230 nm UV
detection. Sample time points include 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0 and
12.0 hours. Tablet dimensions and dissolution results corresponding
to the respective curing time and temperature are presented in
Tables 14.1.2 to 14.5.2.
[0632] Uncured tablets were subjected to a breaking strength test
by applying a force of a maximum of 196 Newton using a Schleuniger
2E/106 Apparatus to evaluate tablet resistance to breaking.
[0633] Cured, coated tablets were subjected to a stability test by
storing them in 100 count bottles at different storage conditions
(25.degree. C./60% relative humidity or 40.degree. C./75% relative
humidity) for a certain period of time and subsequently testing the
tablets in vitro as described above. Sample time points regarding
storage include initial sample (i.e. prior to storage), one month,
two months, three months and six months of storage, sample time
points regarding dissolution test include 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0 and
12.0 hours.
[0634] Cured, coated tablets were subjected to a further stability
test by storing them in 100 count bottles at different storage
conditions (25.degree. C./60% relative humidity or 40.degree.
C./75% relative humidity) for a certain period of time and
subsequently subjecting the tablets to the assay test to determine
the content of oxycodone HCl in the tablet samples. Sample time
points regarding storage include initial sample (i.e. prior to
storage), one month, two months, three months and six months of
storage. In the assay test, oxycodone hydrochloride was extracted
from two sets of ten tablets each with 900 mL of a 1:2 mixture of
acetonitrile and simulated gastric fluid without enzyme (SGF) under
constant magnetic stirring in a 1000-mL volumetric flask until all
tablets were completely dispersed or for overnight. The sample
solutions were diluted and analyzed by reversed-phase high
performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on Waters Atlantis
dC.sub.18 3.0.times.250 mm, 5 .mu.m column maintained at 60.degree.
C. using a mobile phase consisting of acetonitrile and potassium
phosphate monobasic buffer at pH 3.0 with UV detection at 280
nm.
[0635] Cured, coated tablets were subjected to a further stability
test by storing them in 100 count bottles at different storage
conditions (25.degree. C./60% relative humidity or 40.degree.
C./75% relative humidity) for a certain period of time and
subsequently subjecting the tablets to the oxycodone-N-oxide (ONO)
test to determine the content of the degradation product
oxycodone-N-oxide and unknown degradation products in percent by
weight, relative to the oxycodone HCl label claim. Sample time
points regarding storage include initial sample (i.e. prior to
storage), one month, two months, three months and six months of
storage. In the ONO test, oxycodone hydrochloride and its
degradation products were extracted from a set of ten tablets with
900 mL of a 1:2 mixture of acetonitrile and simulated gastric fluid
without enzyme (SGF) under constant magnetic stirring in a 1000-mL
volumetric flask until all tablets were completely dispersed or for
overnight. The sample solutions were diluted and analyzed by
reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on
Waters Atlantis dC.sub.18 3.0.times.250 mm, 5 .mu.m column
maintained at 60.degree. C. using a mobile phase consisting of
acetonitrile and potassium phosphate monobasic buffer at pH 3.0
with UV detection at 206 nm.
[0636] The density of uncured tablets, cured tablets and
cured/coated tablets was determined as described for Example
13.
[0637] The results are presented in the following Tables.
TABLE-US-00050 TABLE 14.1.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 14.1 Set Actual Total Curing Inlet exhaust exhaust
Pan time time temp. temp. temp. speed (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree.
C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.3 (rpm) Comments 0 -- --
-- -- 7 Load pan, start warming 20 -- 65 57 56 7 21 -- 65.0 7 28 --
70.0 7 30 -- 72.0 64 63 7 36 0 75.0 65 65 7 Curing starts 0 min
sample 43 7 73.2 7 46 10 73 67 67 51 15 72.2 7 15 min sample 56 20
71.8 67 67 8 66 30 75.0 68 68 8 30 min sample 76 40 73.0 68 68 8 81
45 74.8 8 45 min sample 86 50 74.3 69 69 8 92 56 72.3 8 96 60 71.0
69 69 8 End of curing, 60 min sample, Mg stearate not used, start
cool down, tablet flow was sticky 101 -- 62.0 8 Tablet flow
starting to get chunky 104 -- 59.2 9 Flow very chunky (tablet bed
"sheeting") 106 -- 57 62 62 10 109 -- 54.9 9 Tablet flow still
slightly chunky, but better 110 -- 53.2 8 Back to normal tablet
flow 116 -- 48.0 58 58 8 126 -- 29.0 30 46 7 132 -- 24.0 30 33 7
.sup.1determined according to method 1, .sup.2temperature measured
at the inlet, .sup.3temperature measured at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00051 TABLE 14.1.2 Example 14.1 60 min cure, 60 min cure
coated Uncured (n = 5) (n = 5) Tablet Weight (mg) 150 150 158
Dimensions (n = 120) Thickness 4.42 4.71 4.75 (mm) (n = 5) Diameter
7.14 7.05 7.07 (mm) (n = 5) Breaking 68 196 .sup.1 196 .sup.1
strength (N) (n = 100) n = 6 Dissolution 1 hr -- -- 25 (% Released)
2 hr -- -- 42 SGF 4 hr -- -- 67 8 hr -- -- 94 12 hr -- -- 101
.sup.1 maximum force of the hardness tester, the tablets did not
break when subjected to the maximum force of 196 N.
TABLE-US-00052 TABLE 14.1.3 Stability tests Example 14.1, storage
at 25.degree. C./60% RH Storage time Initial 1 month 2 months 3
months 6 months Dissolution 1 hr 25 24 24 23 23 (% Released) 2 hr
42 40 38 38 39 (n = 6 4 hr 67 64 61 61 64 SGF 8 hr 94 90 87 89 90
12 hr 101 99 94 100 97 Assay test Assay 1 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.7 (mg
oxycodone Assay 2 9.8 9.9 9.8 9.9 9.8 HCl) Average 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.9
9.8 Degradation oxycodone N-oxide .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 products test (%).sup.1 Each
individual .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 unknown (%).sup.1 Total degradation .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 products (%).sup.1
.sup.1relative to the label claim of oxycodone HCl.
TABLE-US-00053 TABLE 14.1.4 Stability tests Example 14.1, storage
at 40.degree. C./75% RH Storage time Initial 1 month 2 months 3
months 6 months Dissolution 1 hr 25 25 25 24 23 (% Released) 2 hr
42 -- 41 38 39 (n = 6) 4 hr 67 66 63 62 64 SGF 8 hr 94 -- 89 88 90
12 hr 101 100 96 98 96 Assay test Assay 1 9.8 9.8 9.7 9.6 9.8 (mg
oxycodone Assay 2 9.8 10.0 9.7 9.8 9.8 HCl) Average 9.8 9.9 9.7 9.7
9.8 Degradation oxycodone N-oxide .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 products test (%).sup.1 Each
individual .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 unknown (%).sup.1 Total degradation .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 products (%).sup.1
.sup.1relative to the label claim of oxycodone HCl.
TABLE-US-00054 TABLE 14.2.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 14.2 Set Actual Total Curing Inlet exhaust exhaust
Pan time time temp. temp. temp. speed (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree.
C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.3 (rpm) Comments 0 -- 18
50 20 7 Load pan, start warming 1 -- 41.0 7 5 -- 50.0 62.0 8 --
67.7 51.0 50.5 7 Slowly adjusting exhaust set 10 -- 71 56 55 14 0
75.0 61.7 61.9 7 curing starts, 0 min sample 19 5 77.2 61.7 64.8 7
21 7 77.8 7 High inlet, then dropped to 71.degree. C. 24 10 68.9
65.3 65.3 7 29 15 70.6 66.1 65.5 7 15 min sample 33 19 72.6 7 34 20
73.6 67.0 66.3 7 36 22 75.0 7 39 25 75.9 67.0 67.3 7 44 30 73.3
67.0 67.4 7 30 min sample 49 35 70.1 67.2 67.0 7 54 40 71.7 67.5
67.3 7 Couple of tablets sticking at pan support arms, no permanent
stick 59 45 74.3 68.0 67.9 7 45 min sample 64 50 75 68 68 7 66 52
73.6 68.0 68.2 7 69 55 72.4 68.0 68.1 7 74 60 73.0 68 68 7 End of
curing, 60 min sample, add 20 g Mg stearate, tablet flow was
slightly sticky (based on visual cascade flow), flow instantly
improved after adding Mg stearate 75 -- 73 25 68 7 Normal tablet
flow observed 78 -- 44.7 25 62.3 7 during cool down 81 -- 36.8 25
57.4 7 84 -- 31.8 25 54.6 7 85 -- 30 25 53 7 94 -- 23 25 33 7
.sup.1determined according to method 1, .sup.2temperature measured
at the inlet, .sup.3temperature measured at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00055 TABLE 14.2.2 Example 14.2 60 min cure, 60 min cure
coated Uncured (n = 5) (n = 5) Tablet Weight (mg) 150 149 156
Dimensions (n = 120) Thickness 4.38 4.68 4.70 (mm) (n = 5) Diameter
7.13 7.07 7.09 (mm) (n = 5) Breaking 70 196 .sup.1 196 .sup.1
strength (N) (n = 100) n = 6 Dissolution 1 hr -- -- 23 (% Released)
2 hr -- -- 39 SGF 4 hr -- -- 64 8 hr -- -- 93 12 hr -- -- 100
.sup.1 maximum force of the hardness tester, the tablets did not
break when subjected to the maximum force of 196 N.
TABLE-US-00056 TABLE 14.2.3 Stability tests Example 14.2, storage
at 25.degree. C./60% RH Storage time Initial 1 month 2 months 3
months 6 months Dissolution 1 hr 23 24 26 22 24 (% Released) 2 hr
39 40 41 37 40 (n = 6) 4 hr 64 65 65 61 65 SGF 8 hr 93 91 90 90 91
12 hr 100 100 97 99 99 Assay test Assay 1 14.6 14.9 14.6 14.7 14.8
(mg oxycodone Assay 2 14.8 14.9 14.7 14.8 14.9 HCl) Average 14.7
14.9 14.7 14.7 14.8 Degradation oxycodone N-oxide .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 products test
(%).sup.1 Each individual .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 unknown (%).sup.1 Total degradation
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
products (%).sup.1 .sup.1relative to the label claim of oxycodone
HCl.
TABLE-US-00057 TABLE 14.2.4 Stability tests Example 14.2, storage
at 40.degree. C./75% RH Storage time Initial 1 month 2 months 3
months 6 months Dissolution 1 hr 23 25 26 22 24 (% Released) 2 hr
39 41 42 36 40 (n = 6) 4 hr 64 66 66 58 65 SGF 8 hr 93 94 92 87 91
12 hr 100 102 97 97 98 Assay test Assay 1 14.6 14.8 14.7 14.6 14.9
(mg oxycodone Assay 2 14.8 14.8 14.7 14.5 14.7 HCl) Average 14.7
14.8 14.7 14.5 14.8 Degradation oxycodone N-oxide .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 products test
(%).sup.1 Each individual .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 unknown (%).sup.1 Total degradation
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
products (%).sup.1 .sup.1relative to the label claim of oxycodone
HCl.
TABLE-US-00058 TABLE 14.3.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 14.3 Set Actual Total Curing Inlet exhaust exhaust
Pan time time temp. temp. temp. speed (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree.
C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.3 (rpm) Comments 0 --
17.1 50 18 7 Load pan, start warming 5 -- 61.0 50 42.5 7 10 -- 70.2
56 55.8 7 15 0 75.0 61.6 61.9 7 Curing starts, 0 min sample 20 5
78.5 62.8 65.4 7 22 7 79.0 62.8 66.3 7 Inlet high 25 10 69.7 65.6
65.6 7 30 15 68.4 66.0 65.3 7 15 min sample 35 20 72.4 66.7 66.1 7
40 25 75.6 67.5 67.3 7 45 30 76.9 68.0 67.9 7 30 min sample 55 40
73.0 68.4 68.2 7 60 45 73.9 68.6 68.4 7 45 min sample 65 50 75 68.9
68.8 7 68 53 -- -- -- 7 Couple of tablets (1-4) sticking at pan
support arms, good tablet flow 70 55 76.2 69.6 69.6 8 75 60 77.0
70.5 70.8 8 End of curing, 60 min sample, add 20 g Mg stearate,
tablet flow instantly improved 76 -- 76 30 71 8 Normal tablet flow
observed 79 -- 43.9 30 60.6 8 during cool down 85 -- 31.1 30 54.1 8
No sticking 86 -- 30 30 53 8 96 -- 23 30 33 8 .sup.1determined
according to method 1, .sup.2temperature measured at the inlet,
.sup.3temperature measured at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00059 TABLE 14.3.2 Example 14.3 60 min cure, 60 min cure
coated Uncured (n = 5) (n = 5) Tablet Weight (mg) 150 150 156
Dimensions (n = 120) Thickness 4.38 4.69 4.67 (mm) (n = 5) Diameter
7.14 7.08 7.10 (mm) (n = 5) Breaking 64 196 .sup.1 196 .sup.1
strength (N) (n = 110) n = 6 Dissolution 1 hr -- -- 24 (% Released)
2 hr -- -- 41 SGF 4 hr -- -- 66 8 hr -- -- 92 12 hr -- -- 98 .sup.1
maximum force of the hardness tester, the tablets did not break
when subjected to the maximum force of 196 N.
TABLE-US-00060 TABLE 14.3.3 Stability tests Example 14.3, storage
at 25.degree. C./60% RH Storage time Initial 1 month 2 months 3
months 6 months Dissolution 1 hr 24 25 22 24 21 (% Released) 2 hr
41 42 38 40 38 (n = 6) 4 hr 66 69 61 66 63 SGF 8 hr 92 96 89 91 88
12 hr 98 102 97 99 96 Assay test Assay 1 19.6 19.4 19.5 19.4 19.8
(mg oxycodone Assay 2 19.4 19.3 19.4 19.4 19.4 HCl) Average 19.5
19.4 19.4 19.4 19.6 Degradation oxycodone N-oxide .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 products test
(%).sup.1 Each individual .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 unknown (%).sup.1 Total degradation
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
products (%).sup.1 .sup.1relative to the label claim of oxycodone
HCl.
TABLE-US-00061 TABLE 14.3.4 Stability tests Example 14.3, storage
at 40.degree. C./75% RH Storage time Initial 1 month 2 months 3
months 6 months Dissolution 1 hr 24 27 24 23 22 (% Released) 2 hr
41 44 40 39 40 (n = 6) 4 hr 66 70 63 63 65 SGF 8 hr 92 94 90 89 90
12 hr 98 102 98 98 98 Assay test Assay 1 19.6 19.3 19.6 19.3 19.7
(mg oxycodone Assay 2 19.4 19.3 19.7 19.4 19.4 HCl) Average 19.5
19.3 19.6 19.4 19.6 Degradation oxycodone N-oxide .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 products test
(%).sup.1 Each individual .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 unknown (%).sup.1 Total degradation
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
products (%).sup.1 .sup.1relative to the label claim of oxycodone
HCl.
TABLE-US-00062 TABLE 14.4.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 14.4 Set Actual Total Curing Inlet Bed exhaust
exhaust time time temp. temp. temp. temp. (min.) (min.).sup.1
(.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.) (.degree.
C.).sup.4 Comments.sup.5 0 Load pan, start warming 3 63.0 46.5 50.0
41.2 5 66.7 49.9 50.0 48.0 10 0 75.0 60.5 60.0 59.0 curing starts,
0 min sample 14 4 78.4 65.2 61.5 63.6 15 5 79.1 66.0 61.5 64.5 20
10 67.6 66.2 63.0 64.7 24 15 69.2 66.7 65.7 64.9 15 min sample 28
19 73.0 67.8 66.4 65.8 29 20 73.5 68.0 67.0 66.0 32 23 75.6 69.0
67.0 66.7 34 25 75.9 69.4 67.0 67.0 39 30 76.5 70.2 67.7 67.7 30
min sample 44 35 76.8 70.8 68.2 68.2 47 38 76.7 71.0 68.8 68.4
Couple of tablets sticking at pan support arms, no permanent
sticking 49 40 77.4 71.0 69.3 68.7 52 43 78.7 71.5 69.5 69.2 54 45
79.1 72.1 70.0 69.5 45 min sample 58 49 -- 73.3 -- -- 59 50 81.0
73.8 70.1 70.8 65 56 73.0 74.1 71.7 71.5 69 60 74.0 74.5 71.7 71.3
End of curing, 60 min sample, add 20 g Mg stearate, start cool
down, tablet flow slightly sticky (based on visual cascade flow),
still couple of tablets sticking at support arms, flow/cascade
instantly improved after adding Mg stearate 72 -- 48.9 65.3 30.0
65.3 Normal tablet flow observed 75 -- 39.7 58.6 30.0 56.8 during
cool down 79 -- 33.2 56.4 30.0 54.6 84 -- 27.7 50.0 30.0 48.4
.sup.1determined according to method 1, .sup.2temperature measured
at the inlet, .sup.3tablet bed temperature, i.e. temperature of
extended release matrix formulations, measured with an IR gun,
.sup.4temperature measured at the exhaust, .sup.5The pan speed was
7 rpm throughout the curing process.
TABLE-US-00063 TABLE 14.4.2 Example 14.4 60 min cure, Uncured 60
min cure coated (n = 5) (n = 5) Tablet Weight (mg) 150 149 157
Dimensions (n = 120) Thickness 4.34 4.60 4.63 (mm) (n = 5) Diameter
7.14 7.09 7.14 (mm) (n = 5) Breaking 61 196 .sup.1 196 .sup.1
strength (N) (n = 100) n = 6 Dissolution 1 hr -- -- 22 (% Released)
2 hr -- -- 39 SGF 4 hr -- -- 66 8 hr -- -- 94 12 hr -- -- 100
.sup.1 maximum force of the hardness tester, the tablets did not
break when subjected to the maximum force of 196 N.
TABLE-US-00064 TABLE 14.4.3 Stability tests Example 14.4, storage
at 25.degree. C./60% RH Storage time Initial 1 month 2 months 3
months 6 months Dissolution 1 hr 22 23 24 24 23 (% Released) 2 hr
39 39 39 41 40 (n = 6) 4 hr 66 64 63 68 65 SGF 8 hr 94 91 88 93 91
12 hr 100 98 96 99 98 Assay test Assay 1 28.8 28.8 28.4 28.8 29.2
(mg oxycodone Assay 2 29.1 29.0 28.8 28.8 29.2 HCl) Average 29.0
28.9 28.6 28.8 29.2 Degradation oxycodone N-oxide .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 products test
(%).sup.1 Each individual .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 unknown (%).sup.1 Total degradation
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
products (%).sup.1 .sup.1relative to the label claim of oxycodone
HCl.
TABLE-US-00065 TABLE 14.4.4 Stability tests Example 14.4, storage
at 40.degree. C./75% RH Storage time Initial 1 month 2 months 3
months 6 months Dissolution 1 hr 22 26 24 24 24 (% Released) 2 hr
39 44 41 41 41 (n = 6) 4 hr 66 70 64 67 67 SGF 8 hr 94 93 88 92 93
12 hr 100 99 96 98 98 Assay test Assay 1 28.8 29.3 28.2 29.0 28.4
(mg oxycodone Assay 2 29.1 29.3 28.1 28.9 28.6 HCl) Average 29.0
29.3 28.1 28.9 28.5 Degradation oxycodone N-oxide .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 products test
(%).sup.1 Each individual .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 unknown (%).sup.1 Total degradation
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
products (%).sup.1 .sup.1relative to the label claim of oxycodone
HCl.
TABLE-US-00066 TABLE 14.5.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 14.5 Set Actual Total Curing Inlet Bed exhaust
exhaust time time temp. temp. temp. temp. (min.) (min.).sup.1
(.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.) (.degree.
C.).sup.4 Comments.sup.5 0 -- 16.6 30 60.0 19.7 Load pan, start
warming 1 -- -- 32 60.0 -- 4 -- 56.8 39.8 60.0 36.7 5 -- 60.1 43.9
60.0 40.4 8 -- 66.8 52.5 60.0 49.4 10 -- 69.1 56.9 60.0 53.8 13 --
71.7 61.3 60.0 58.8 15 -- 73.3 63.5 61.0 60.8 17 0 75.0 65.3 63.0
62.5 Curing starts, 0 min sample 21 4 77.7 67.3 66.0 65.0 23 6 78.8
68.1 67.0 65.9 25 8 79.9 69.3 67.0 66.7 27 10 80.9 69.5 67.0 67.3
30 13 82.4 70.1 67.0 68.2 32 15 83.1 70.8 70.0 68.7 15 min sample
37 20 80.9 72.4 70.4 69.4 38 21 80.9 71.8 71.0 69.5 42 25 82.5 73.1
72.0 70.4 Good tablet flow and cascade 45 28 84.2 76.6 71.0 72.2 47
30 82.7 77.6 72.2 74.1 30 min sample 49 32 72.9 74.7 72.2 73.2 52
35 71.2 73.8 72.2 71.4 Tablet flow slightly sticky, 1-2 tablets
sticking at support arms 56 39 75.4 74.7 72.2 71.5 57 40 75.9 74.7
72.2 71.9 60 43 76.9 75.5 72.2 72.8 62 45 75.4 75.3 72.2 72.9 45
min sample 66 49 73.4 74.5 72.2 71.8 Tablet flow slightly sticky,
1-2 tablets sticking at support arms (not permanent sticking) 69 52
75.0 75.1 72.2 71.9 72 55 75.8 75.4 72.2 72.4 74 57 74.8 74.8 72.2
72.5 77 60 73.9 74.9 72.2 72.2 End of curing, 60 min sample, add 20
g Mg stearate, instantly improved flow/cascade start cool down, no
sticking at pan support arms, 80 -- 46.8 64.9 30.0 64.7 Cooling --
-- -- -- 30.0 -- 2 tablets sticking at support arms (not permanent
sticking) 82 -- 40.3 58.6 30.0 57.4 Tablets still appear bouncy, no
sticking observed 84 -- 35.8 57.4 30.0 55.6 Normal tablet flow
observed 86 -- 32.5 55.9 30.0 54.2 during cool down period. 87 --
30.3 54.1 30.0 52.8 Continue cooling to exhaust 89 -- 28.8 51.8
30.0 51.3 temperature of 30-34.degree. C. for 91 -- 26.9 47.2 30.0
47.9 coating start-up 97 -- -- ~29 30.0 -- Top of bed 30.3.degree.
C., bottom of bed 28.5.degree. C. .sup.1determined according to
method 1, .sup.2temperature measured at the inlet, .sup.3tablet bed
temperature, i.e. temperature of extended release matrix
formulations, measured with an IR gun, .sup.4temperature measured
at the exhaust, .sup.5The pan speed was 7 rpm throughout the curing
process.
TABLE-US-00067 TABLE 14.5.2 Example 14.5 60 min cure, Uncured 60
min cure coated (n = 5) (n = 5) Tablet Weight (mg) 150 149 155
Dimensions (n = 120) Thickness 4.30 4.49 4.52 (mm) (n = 5) Diameter
7.15 7.10 7.15 (mm) (n = 5) Breaking 55 196 .sup.1 196 .sup.1
strength (N) (n = 110) n = 6 Dissolution 1 hr -- -- 24 (% Released)
2 hr -- -- 41 SGF 4 hr -- -- 68 8 hr -- -- 93 12 hr -- -- 98 .sup.1
maximum force of the hardness tester, the tablets did not break
when subjected to the maximum force of 196 N.
TABLE-US-00068 TABLE 14.5.3 Stability tests Example 14.5, storage
at 25.degree. C./60% RH Storage time Initial 1 month 2 months 3
months 6 months Dissolution 1 hr 24 25 27 23 25 (% Released) 2 hr
41 43 44 40 43 (n = 6) 4 hr 68 69 69 66 69 SGF 8 hr 93 94 93 89 92
12 hr 98 98 97 96 96 Assay test Assay 1 37.8 38.4 36.9 37.6 39.2
(mg oxycodone Assay 2 37.9 37.6 36.5 38.1 39.2 HCl) Average 37.8
38.0 36.7 37.9 39.2 Degradation oxycodone N-oxide .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 products test
(%).sup.1 Each individual .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 unknown (%).sup.1 Total degradation
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
products (%).sup.1 .sup.1relative to the label claim of oxycodone
HCl.
TABLE-US-00069 TABLE 14.5.4 Stability tests Example 14.5, storage
at 40.degree. C./75% RH Storage time Initial 1 month 2 months 3
months 6 months Dissolution 1 hr 24 26 27 25 25 (% Released) 2 hr
41 -- 45 42 43 (n = 6) 4 hr 68 71 72 68 69 SGF 8 hr 93 -- 95 93 92
12 hr 98 97 98 99 95 Assay test Assay 1 37.8 38.3 37.3 37.6 37.9
(mg oxycodone Assay 2 37.9 38.6 36.9 37.6 38.1 HCl) Average 37.8
38.5 37.1 37.6 38.0 Degradation oxycodone N-oxide .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 products test
(%).sup.1 Each individual .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 unknown (%).sup.1 Total degradation
.ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1 .ltoreq.0.1
products (%).sup.1 .sup.1relative to the label claim of oxycodone
HCl.
TABLE-US-00070 TABLE 14.6 Density Density (g/cm.sup.3) Density
change after Un- Cured and change after curing and cured Cured
Coated curing (%) coating (%) Example 14.1 1.186 1.145 1.138 -3.457
-4.047 Example 14.2 1.184 1.152 1.129 -2.703 -4.645 Example 14.3
1.183 1.151 1.144 -2.705 -3.297 Example 14.4 1.206 1.162 1.130
-3.648 -6.302 Example 14.5 1.208 1.174 1.172 -2.815 -2.980
Example 15
[0638] In Example 15, two different Oxycodone HCl tablet
formulations were prepared using high molecular weight polyethylene
oxide. One formulation at 234 mg tablet weight (Example 15.1) with
60 mg of Oxycodone HCl and one formulation at 260 mg tablet weight
(Example 15.2) with 80 mg of Oxycodone HCl.
Compositions:
TABLE-US-00071 [0639] Example 15.1 Example 15.2 mg/unit mg/unit
Ingredient Oxycodone HCl 60 80 Polyethylene oxide (MW: 162.75 167.5
approximately 4,000,000; Polyox .TM. WSR- 301) Magnesium Stearate
2.25 2.50 Total Core Tablet Weight (mg) 225 250 Total Batch size 10
kg 10 kg Coating Opadry film coating 9 10 Total Tablet Weight (mg)
234 260 Coating Batch Size (kg) 8.367 8.205
[0640] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0641] 1. A Patterson Kelly "V` blender (with I bar)--16 quart was
charged in the following order: [0642] Approximately 1/2 of the
polyethylene oxide WSR 301 [0643] Oxycodone hydrochloride (screened
through a 20-mesh screen) [0644] Remaining polyethylene oxide WSR
301 [0645] 2. Step 1 materials were blended for 5 minutes with the
I bar on. [0646] 3. Magnesium stearate was charged into the "V"
blender (screened through a 20-mesh screen). [0647] 4. Step 3
materials were blended for 1 minute with the I bar off. [0648] 5.
Step 4 blend was charged into a plastic bag (note: two 5 kg blends
were prepared to provide 10 kgs of tablet blend for compression).
[0649] 6. Step 5 blend was compressed to target weight on an 8
station tablet press at 35,000 tph speed using 3/8 inch standard
round, concave (embossed) tooling. A sample of tablet cores was
taken. [0650] 7. Step 6 tablets were loaded into a 24 inch
Compu-Lab coating pan at a pan load of 8.367 kg (Example 15.1) and
8.205 kg (Example 15.2). [0651] 8. A temperature probe (wire
thermocouple) was placed into the pan directly above the tablet bed
so that the probe tip was near the cascading bed of tablets. [0652]
9. The pan speed was set to 10 rpm and the tablet bed was heated by
setting the inlet temperature to achieve an exhaust target
temperature of 72.degree. C. The curing starting point (as
described by method 2) was initiated once the exhaust temperature
achieved 72.degree. C. The inlet temperature was adjusted as
necessary to maintain the target exhaust temperature. The tablets
were cured for 15 minutes. The pan speed was maintained at 10 rpm.
The temperature profile of the curing processes for Examples 15.1
and 15.2 is presented in Tables 15.1.1 and 15.2.1. [0653] 10. The
pan speed was continued at 10 rpm. The inlet temperature was set to
22.degree. C. and the tablet bed was cooled until an exhaust
temperature of 30.0.degree. C. was achieved. A sample of cured
tablets was taken at the end of cooling. [0654] 11. The tablet bed
was warmed using an inlet setting of 53.degree. C. The filmcoating
was started once the exhaust temperature achieved approximately
41.degree. C. and continued until the target weight gain of 4% was
achieved. The pan speed was increased up to 20 rpm during
filmcoating. [0655] 12. After filmcoating was completed, the pan
speed was reduced and the inlet temperature was set to 22.degree.
C., the airflow was maintained at the current setting and the
system cooled to an exhaust temperature of <30.degree. C. A
sample of cured/coated tablets was taken. [0656] 13. The tablets
were discharged.
[0657] In vitro testing including breaking strength tests was
performed as follows:
[0658] Core tablets (uncured), 15 minute cured tablets and
cured/coated tablets were tested in vitro using USP Apparatus 1
(basket with a retaining spring placed at the top of the basket to
reduce the propensity of the tablet to stick to the base of the
shaft) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes
(SGF) at 37.0.degree. C. Samples were analyzed by reversed-phase
high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on Waters Atlantis
dC18 3.0.times.250 mm, 5 .mu.m column, using a mobile phase
consisting of a mixture of acetonitrile and potassium phosphate
monobasic buffer (pH 3.0) at 230 nm UV detection. Sample time
points include 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0, 12.0 and 16.0 hours.
[0659] Core tablets (uncured), 15 minute cured tablets and
cured/coated tablets were subjected to a breaking strength test by
applying a force of a maximum of 196 Newton using a Schleuniger
2E/106 apparatus to evaluate tablet resistance to breaking.
[0660] Tablet dimensions and dissolution results are presented in
Tables 15.1.2 to 15.2.2.
TABLE-US-00072 TABLE 15.1.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 15.1 Temperature Total Curing Set Actual Time time
inlet inlet Probe Exhaust (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree. C.)
(.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.).sup.4
Comments 0 -- 22 to 85 47.4 -- 26.4 Start heating 10 -- 85 81.3
66.3 62.0 20 -- 85 84.8 73.7 70.4 Good tablet flow, no sticking
25.5 0 85 to 74 85.0 75.1 72.0 Start of curing; 74.degree. C. inlet
set too low, exhaust dropped to 70.9.degree. C., reset inlet to
80.degree. C. 30.5 5 80 80.0 73.6 71.9 Good tablet flow, no
sticking 35.5 10 75 75.8 72.2 73.3 Good tablet flow, no sticking
40.5 15 73 to 22 72.8 70.6 71.9 End of curing, good tablet flow, no
sticking, start cooling 60 -- 22 21.5 27.9 31.4 61 -- 22 22.0 27.2
29.7 End cooling, no sticking observed during cool down, good
tablet flow, take cured tablet sample .sup.1determined according to
method 2, .sup.2temperature measured at the inlet,
.sup.3temperature measured using the temperature probe (wire
thermocouple) .sup.4temperature measured at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00073 TABLE 15.1.2 Example 15.1 Uncured 15 min cure Coated
n = 3 n = 3 n = 6 Dissolution 1 hr 28 28 24 (% Released) 2 hr 44 44
41 SGF 4 hr 69 69 67 6 hr 85 85 84 8 hr 95 95 93 12 hr 102 102 99
16 hr 104 103 102
TABLE-US-00074 TABLE 15.2.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 15.2 Temperature Total Curing Set Actual Time time
inlet inlet Probe Exhaust (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree. C.)
(.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.).sup.4
Comments 0 -- 22 to 80 23.3 27.7 25.5 Start heating 10 -- 80 77.0
62.2 60.4 20 -- 80 80.0 70.1 68.4 Good tablet flow, no sticking 30
-- 80 80.1 72.5 70.6 Good tablet flow, no sticking 35 0 80 79.9
73.6 72.0 Start of curing; good tablet flow, no sticking 38 3 -- --
-- 72.7 Maximum exhaust temp 40 5 74 73.5 71.8 72.3 45 10 74 73.9
71.9 72.3 Good tablet flow, no sticking 50 15 74 to 22 74.2 72.0
72.4 End of curing, start cooling 71 -- 22 21.7 28.4 30.0 End
cooling, no sticking observed during cool down, good tablet flow,
take cured tablet sample .sup.1determined according to method 2,
.sup.2temperature measured at the inlet, .sup.3temperature measured
using the temperature probe (wire thermocouple) .sup.4temperature
measured at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00075 TABLE 15.2.2 Example 15.2 Uncured 15 min cure Coated
(n = 25) (n = 5) (n = 5) Tablet Weight (mg) 254 250 257 Dimensions
Thickness (mm) 4.20 4.28 4.29 Breaking 92 196 .sup.1 194 .sup.2
strength (N) n = 3 n = 3 n = 6 Dissolution 1 hr 26 28 25 (%
Released) 2 hr 43 42 39 SGF 4 hr 65 67 64 6 hr 83 83 82 8 hr 92 94
92 12 hr 101 102 100 16 hr 104 103 102 .sup.1 maximum force of the
hardness tester, the tablets did not break when subjected to the
maximum force of 196 N. .sup.2 Four of the tablets did not break
when subjected to the maximum force of 196 N, one tablet provided a
breaking strength of 185 N (average of sample, n = 5, 194 N).
Example 16
[0661] In Example 16, two different Oxycodone HCl tablet
formulations were prepared using high molecular weight polyethylene
oxide. One formulation at 234 mg tablet weight (Example 16.1) with
60 mg of Oxycodone HCl and one formulation at 260 mg tablet weight
(Example 16.2) with 80 mg of Oxycodone HCl. The formulations
manufactured at a larger batch size compared to Example 15.
Compositions:
TABLE-US-00076 [0662] Example 16.1 Example 16.2 mg/unit mg/unit
Ingredient Oxycodone HCl 60 80 Polyethylene oxide (MW: 162.75 167.5
approximately 4,000,000; Polyox .TM. WSR- 301, LEO) Magnesium
Stearate 2.25 2.50 Total Core Tablet Weight (mg) 225 250 Total
Batch size 100 kg 100 kg Coating Opadry film coating 9 10 Total
Tablet Weight (mg) 234 260 Coating Batch Size (kg) 94.122
93.530
[0663] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0664] 1. The Oxycodone HCl and magnesium stearate were passed
through a Sweco Sifter equipped with a 20 mesh screen, into
separate suitable containers. [0665] 2. A Gemco "V" blender (with I
bar)--10 cu. ft. was charged in the following order: [0666]
Approximately 1/2 of the polyethylene oxide WSR 301 [0667]
Oxycodone hydrochloride [0668] Remaining polyethylene oxide WSR 301
[0669] 3. Step 2 materials were blended for 10 minutes with the I
bar on. [0670] 4. Magnesium stearate was charged into the Gemco "V"
blender. [0671] 5. Step 4 materials were blended for 2 minutes with
the I bar off. [0672] 6. Step 5 blend was charged into clean,
tared, stainless steel containers. [0673] 7. Step 6 blend was
compressed to target weight on a 40 station tablet press at 135,000
tph speed using 3/8 inch standard round, concave embossed tooling,
and a compression force of 16.5 kN for Example 16.1 and a
compression force of 16.0 kN for Example 16.2. A sample of core
tablets was taken. [0674] 8. Step 7 tablets were loaded into a 48
inch Accela-Coat coating pan at a load of 94.122 kg (Example 16.1)
and 93.530 kg (Example 16.2). [0675] 9. The pan speed was set to 7
rpm and the tablet bed was heated by setting the exhaust air
temperature to achieve an exhaust temperature of 72.degree. C. The
curing starting point (as described by method 2) was initiated once
the exhaust temperature achieved 72.degree. C. The tablets were
cured at the target exhaust temperature for 15 minutes. The
temperature profile of the curing processes of Examples 16.1 and
16.2 is presented in Tables 16.1.1 and 16.2.1. [0676] 10. The pan
speed was continued at 7 rpm. The exhaust temperature was set to
25.degree. C. and the tablet bed was cooled until an exhaust
temperature of 30.degree. C. was achieved. [0677] 11. The tablet
bed was warmed using an exhaust setting of 30.degree. to 38.degree.
C. The filmcoating was started once the exhaust temperature
achieved 40.degree. C. and continued until the target weight gain
of 4% was achieved. The pan speed was maintained at 7 rpm during
filmcoating. [0678] 12. After filmcoating was completed, the pan
speed was reduced to 1.5 rpm and the exhaust temperature was set to
27.degree. C., the airflow was maintained at the current setting
and the tablet bed cooled to an exhaust temperature of
<30.degree. C. [0679] 13. The tablets were discharged.
[0680] In vitro testing including breaking strength tests was
performed as follows:
[0681] Coated tablets were tested in vitro using USP Apparatus 1
(basket with a retaining spring placed at the top of the basket to
reduce the propensity of the tablet to stick to the base of the
shaft) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes
(SGF) at 37.0.degree. C. Samples were analyzed by reversed-phase
high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on Waters Atlantis
dC18 3.0.times.250 mm, 5 .mu.m column, using a mobile phase
consisting of a mixture of acetonitrile and potassium phosphate
monobasic buffer (pH 3.0) at 230 nm UV detection. Sample time
points include 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0, and 12.0 hours.
[0682] Uncured tablets were subjected to weight, thickness and
hardness tests on-line by Key Checkweigher.
[0683] Tablet dimensions and dissolution results are presented in
Tables 16.1.2 to 16.2.2.
TABLE-US-00077 TABLE 16.1.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 16.1 Temperature Total Curing IR Exhaust Time time
Inlet gun set Exhaust (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree. C.) .sup.2
(.degree. C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.4 Comments 0 --
34 32 65 24 Start heating 5 -- 82 54 65 49 10 -- 89 68 65 63 11 --
-- -- 72 -- 15 -- 91 71 72 67 20 -- 91 75 72 70 21 0 92 79 72 72
Start curing 26 5 90 85 70 79 30 9 63 -- -- -- 31 10 69 74 72 69 36
15 80 78 72 72 37 16 80 77 72 to 25 73 End of curing, good tablet
flow, no sticking, start cooling 42 -- 31 57 25 54 47 -- 25 50 25
49 52 -- 22 36 25 36 57 -- 22 26 25 29 End cooling, no sticking
observed during cool down, good tablet flow .sup.1determined
according to method 2, .sup.2 temperature measured at the inlet,
.sup.3temperature measured using an IR gun .sup.4temperature
measured at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00078 TABLE 16.1.2 Example 16.1 Uncured (n = 70) Coated
Tablet Weight (mg) 224.6 -- Dimensions Thickness (mm) 3.77 --
Breaking strength (Kp) 5.7 -- n = 6 Dissolution 1 hr -- 24 (%
Released) 2 hr -- 41 SGF 4 hr -- 67 8 hr -- 93 12 hr -- 99
TABLE-US-00079 TABLE 16.2.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 16.2 Temperature Total Curing IR Exhaust Time time
Inlet gun set Exhaust (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree. C.) .sup.2
(.degree. C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.4 Comments 0 --
26 22 20 23 2 -- -- -- 20 to 65 -- Start heating 7 -- 84 61 65 56
12 -- 89 69 65 65 13.5 -- 90 -- 66 66 14.5 -- 89 -- 67 67 16.5 --
-- -- 68 67 17 -- 90 72 68 68 19 -- 91 73 68 69 20 -- 91 -- 68 70
21 -- -- -- 68 71 22 0 91 77 68 72 Start curing 24 2 90 81 70 75
24.5 2.5 -- -- 70 76 25 3 90 -- 72 77 26 4 90 -- 72 78 27.5 5.5 --
-- 72 79 28 6 82 83 72 78 Good tablet flow, no sticking 32 10 65 73
72 69 33 11 -- -- -- 68 35 13 79 74 72 70 37 15 81 76 72 to 25 72
End of curing, good tablet flow, no sticking, start cooling 42 --
32 56 25 54 47 -- 25 50 25 48 good tablet flow, no sticking 52 --
22 36 25 36 56 -- 21 29 25 30 End cooling, no sticking observed
during cool down, good tablet flow .sup.1determined according to
method 2, .sup.2 temperature measured at the inlet,
.sup.3temperature measured using an IR gun .sup.4temperature
measured at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00080 TABLE 16.2.2 Example 16.2 Uncured (n = 60) Coated
Tablet Weight (mg) 250.8 -- Dimensions Thickness (mm) 4.05 --
Breaking strength (Kp) 6.8 -- n = 6 Dissolution 1 hr -- 22 (%
Released) 2 hr -- 37 SGF 4 hr -- 62 8 hr -- 89 12 hr -- 97
Example 17
[0684] In Example 17, two Oxycodone HCl tablet formulations
containing 60 mg of Oxycodone HCl were prepared using high
molecular weight polyethylene oxide. Example 17.1 is the same
formulation as presented in Example 15.1. The second formulation
(Example 17.2) contains 0.1% of butylated hydroxytoluene. Each
tablet formulation was cured at the target exhaust temperature of
72.degree. C. and 75.degree. C. for 15 minutes, followed by
filmcoating, and then an additional curing step at the target
exhaust temperature for 30 minutes.
Compositions:
TABLE-US-00081 [0685] Example 17.1 Example 17.2 mg/unit mg/unit
Ingredient Oxycodone HCl 60 60 Polyethylene oxide (MW: 162.75
162.525 approximately 4,000,000; Polyox .TM. WSR- 301) Butylated
Hydroxytoluene (BHT) 0 0.225 Magnesium Stearate 2.25 2.25 Total
Core Tablet Weight (mg) 225 225 Total Batch size 5 kg 10 kg Coating
Opadry film coating 9 9 Total Tablet Weight (mg) 234 234 Coating
Batch Size (kg) 2 kg at 72.degree. C. 6 kg at 72.degree. C. 2 kg at
75.degree. C. 2 kg at 75.degree. C.
[0686] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0687] 1. A Patterson Kelly "V` blender (with I bar)--16 quart was
charged in the following order: [0688] Approximately 1/2 of the
polyethylene oxide WSR 301 [0689] Oxycodone hydrochloride (screened
through a 20-mesh screen) [0690] Remaining polyethylene oxide WSR
301 [0691] 2. Step 1 materials were blended for 5 minutes with the
I bar on. [0692] 3. Magnesium stearate was charged into the "V"
blender. [0693] 4. Step 3 materials were blended for 1 minute with
the I bar off. [0694] 5. Step 4 blend was charged into a plastic
bag (note: two 5 kg blends were prepared for Example 17.2 to
provide 10 kgs of tablet blend for compression). [0695] 6. Step 5
blend was compressed to target weight on an 8 station tablet press
at 30,000 tph speed using 3/8 inch standard round, concave
(embossed) tooling. Example 17.1 was compressed at a compression
force at 12 kN and Example 17.2 at 6 kN, 12 kN and 18 kN. [0696] 7.
Step 6 tablets were loaded into a 15 inch (for 2 kg batch size) or
a 24 inch (for 6 kg batch size) Accela-Coat coating pan. [0697] 8.
A temperature probe (wire thermocouple) was placed into the pan
directly above the tablet bed so that the probe tip was near the
cascading bed of tablets. [0698] 9. The pan speed was set at 7 or
10 rpm and the tablet bed was heated by setting the inlet
temperature to achieve an exhaust target temperature of 72.degree.
C. or 75.degree. C. The curing starting point (as described by
method 2) was initiated once the exhaust temperature achieved
target. The inlet temperature was adjusted as necessary to maintain
the target exhaust temperature. The tablets were cured for 15
minutes. The pan speed was maintained at the current rpm. The
temperature profile of the curing processes for Examples 17.1 and
17.2 is presented in Tables 17.1.1 and 17.2.1. [0699] 10. The pan
speed was continued at the current rpm. The inlet temperature was
set to 20.degree. or 22.degree. C. and the tablet bed was cooled
until an exhaust temperature of approximately 30.degree. C. was
achieved. NOTE: Magnesium Stearate was not used. [0700] 11. The
tablet bed was warmed using an inlet setting of
52.degree.-54.degree. C. The filmcoating was started once the
exhaust temperature achieved approximately 39.degree.-42.degree. C.
and continued until the target weight gain of 4% was achieved. The
pan speed was increased to 15 or 20 rpm during filmcoating. [0701]
12. After filmcoating was completed, the pan speed was reduced to
the level used during curing. The tablet bed was heated by setting
the inlet temperature to achieve the exhaust target temperature of
72.degree. C. or 75.degree. C. The curing starting point (as
described by method 2) was initiated once the exhaust temperature
achieved target. The inlet temperature was adjusted as necessary to
maintain the target exhaust temperature. The coated tablets were
cured for an additional 30 minutes. The pan speed was maintained at
the current rpm. The temperature profile of the additional curing
process for Examples 17.1 and 17.2 is presented in Tables 17.1.1
and 17.2.1. [0702] 13. The tablets were discharged.
[0703] In vitro testing including breaking strength tests was
performed as follows:
[0704] Core tablets (uncured), cured tablets and cured/coated
tablets were tested in vitro using USP Apparatus 1 (basket with a
retaining spring placed at the top of the basket to reduce the
propensity of the tablet to stick to the base of the shaft) at 100
rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at
37.0.degree. C. Samples were analyzed by reversed-phase high
performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on Waters Atlantis dC18
3.0.times.250 mm, 5 .mu.m column, using a mobile phase consisting
of a mixture of acetonitrile and potassium phosphate monobasic
buffer (pH 3.0) at 230 nm UV detection. Sample time points include
1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0, 12.0 and 16.0 hours.
[0705] Uncured tablets were subjected to a breaking strength test
by applying a force of a maximum of 196 Newton using a Schleuniger
2E/106 apparatus to evaluate tablet resistance to breaking.
[0706] Tablet dimensions and dissolution results are presented in
Tables 17.1.2 to 17.2.2.
TABLE-US-00082 TABLE 17.1.1 Temperature Total Curing Set Actual
Time time inlet inlet Probe Exhaust (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree.
C.) (.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.).sup.4
Comments Curing process at 72.degree. C. for Example 17.1 0 -- 22
to 80 25.5 28.4 28.5 Start heating 10 -- 80 80.2 69.6 68.1 19 0 80
to 78 80.0 73.2 72.0 Start of curing 24 5 78 77.9 73.2 73.0 29 10
75 75.0 71.8 72.3 34 15 75 75.0 72.3 72.0 End of curing, start
cooling 50 -- 22 22.8 28.2 29.2 End cooling, ready to coat Apply 4%
filmcoat to the tablets, once achieved start heating 0 -- 48 to 80
47.8 45.1 43.1 Start heating for additional curing 5 -- 80 80.0
68.7 64.9 13 0 80 to 76 80.1 73.2 72.0 Start additional curing 28
15 75 74.9 72.0 72.4 15 minute additional curing 43 30 74 to 22
74.0 71.5 72.1 30 minute additional curing, start cooling 55 -- 22
24.6 32.2 34 End cooling, discharge Curing process at 75.degree. C.
for Example 17.1 0 -- 42 to 80 42.1 38.6 38.5 Start heating 18 --
80 to 83 80.1 73.0 72.4 21 0 82 81.5 75.1 75.0 Start of curing 26 5
77 76.6 73.5 74.7 31 10 77.5 77.4 73.8 75.0 36 15 77.5 to 22 77.6
74.1 75.2 End of curing, start cooling 53 -- 22 23.1 29.5 29.6 End
cooling, ready to coat Apply 4% filmcoat to the tablets, once
achieved start heating 0 -- 48 to 83 48.1 44.4 41.5 Start heating
for additional curing 12 0 83 83.1 75.1 75.0 Start additional
curing 27 15 78 78.11 74.4 75.4 15 minute additional curing 42 30
76.5 to 22 76.5 73.9 74.9 30 minute additional curing, start
cooling 56 -- 22 23.9 30.3 30.0 End cooling, discharge
.sup.1determined according to method 2, .sup.2temperature measured
at the inlet, .sup.3temperature measured using the temperature
probe (wire thermocouple) .sup.4temperature measured at the
exhaust.
TABLE-US-00083 TABLE 17.1.2 Example 17.1 Uncured (n = 25) Tablet
Weight (mg) 225 -- -- Dimensions Thickness (mm) 3.86 -- -- Breaking
75 -- -- strength (N) Example 17.1 Example 17.1 cured at 72.degree.
C. cured at 75.degree. C. 15 min cure Coated 15 min cure Coated n =
3 n = 3 n = 6 n = 3 n = 3 Dissolution 1 hr 27 27 26 28 26 (%
Released) 2 hr 44 42 41 44 42 SGF 4 hr 68 67 66 69 67 6 hr 83 83 84
85 83 8 hr 93 92 93 95 93 12 hr 99 100 100 100 98 16 hr 100 102 102
102 99
TABLE-US-00084 TABLE 17.2.1 Temperature Total Curing Set Actual
Time time inlet inlet Probe Exhaust (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree.
C.) (.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.).sup.4
Comments Curing process at 72.degree. C. for Example 17.2 0 -- 80
34.8 33.8 32.1 Pan load 6 kg; start heating 10 -- 80 76.5 64.5 63.3
20 -- 80 80.1 71.1 69.9 27.5 0 80 80.3 73.0 72.0 Start of curing
32.5 5 73.0 73.3 71.0 73.3 37.5 10 72.5 72.7 70.2 71.8 42.5 15 73.6
to 22 73.5 70.6 72.1 End of curing, start cooling 61 -- 22 22.7
30.1 30 End cooling, ready to coat Apply 4% filmcoat to the
tablets, once achieved start heating 0 -- 80 to 53 53 -- 39.5 Start
heating for additional curing 15 -- 80 79.9 72.3 69.7 18 0 80 79.9
74.1 72.0 Start additional curing 33 15 73.5 73.4 70.9 72.3 15
minute additional curing 48 30 73.5 73.5 71.4 72.5 30 minute
additional curing, start cooling 64 -- 23.0 23.9 -- 30.0 End
cooling, discharge Curing process at 75.degree. C. for Example 17.2
0 -- 82 52.9 53 48.4 Pan load 2 kg, start heating 12 -- 82 82.2
75.4 72.8 16 -- 82 to 85 72.6 70.0 69.7 23.5 0 85 to 82 81.8 76.4
75.0 Start of curing 26.5 3 82 to 80 81.8 77.2 77.0 32 8.5 78 80.1
76.8 77.1 38.5 15 78 78 75.6 76.1 End of curing, start cooling 53
-- 20 32.4 30.0 32.1 End cooling, ready to coat Apply 4% filmcoat
to the tablets, once achieved start heating 0 -- 53.5 to 83 53.7 --
46.5 Start heating for additional curing -- 0 83 83 73.7 75 Start
additional curing -- 15 78 77.9 74.3 75.9 15 minute additional
curing -- 23 78 78 75.1 76.3 -- 30 78 to 22 78 75.1 76.4 30 minute
additional curing, start cooling -- -- 22 23.6 31.0 32.1 End
cooling (15 minutes of cooling), discharge .sup.1determined
according to method 2, .sup.2temperature measured at the inlet,
.sup.3temperature measured using the temperature probe (wire
thermocouple) .sup.4temperature measured at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00085 TABLE 17.2.2 Example 17.2 Uncured core tablets (n =
5) Compression force (kN) 6 12 18 12 Tablet Weight (mg) 226 227 227
226 Dimensions Thickness (mm) 3.93 3.87 3.86 3.91 Breaking 43 71 83
72 strength (N) Example 17.2 cured at Example 17.2 cured at
75.degree. C. (2 kg batch) 72.degree. C. (6 kg batch) Uncured 15
min cure, coated (core) 15 min cure Coated Compression force (kN) 6
12 18 12 n = 3 n = 3 n = 3 n = 3 n = 3 n = 3 Dissolution 1 hr 25 23
23 26 27 24 (% Released) 2 hr 41 39 37 41 43 40 SGF 4 hr 65 64 59
64 66 64 No spring 6 hr 80 81 75 79 81 80 8 hr 90 91 86 88 91 90 12
hr 98 100 97 99 101 100 Dissolution 1 hr 26 24 (% Released) 2 hr 42
40 SGF 4 hr 66 66 Basket with 6 hr 83 83 spring 8 hr 93 92 12 hr
100 98 16 hr 102 101
Example 18
[0707] In Example 18, four different Oxycodone HCl tablet
formulations containing 80 mg of Oxycodone HCl were prepared using
high molecular weight polyethylene oxide at a tablet weight of 250
mg. Two of the formulations (Examples 18.2 and 18.3) contained 0.1%
of butylated hydroxytoluene. One of the formulations (Example 18.4)
contained 0.5% of butylated hydroxytoluene. Three of the
formulations (Examples 18.1, 18.2, and 18.4) contained 1% of
magnesium stearate. One of the formulations (Example 18.3)
contained 0.5% of magnesium stearate.
Compositions:
TABLE-US-00086 [0708] Example Example Example Example 18.1 18.2
18.3 18.4 mg/unit mg/unit mg/unit mg/unit Ingredient Oxycodone HCl
80 80 80 80 (32%) (32%) (32%) (32%) Polyethylene oxide 167.5 167.25
166.25 166.25 (MW: approximately (67%) (66.9%) (67.4%) (66.5%)
4,000,000; Polyox .TM. WSR- 301) Butylated 0 0.25 0.25 1.25
Hydroxytoluene (BHT) (0.1%) (0.1%) (0.5%) Magnesium Stearate 2.5
2.5 1.25 2.5 (1%) (1%) (0.5%) (1%) Total Core Tablet 250 250 250
250 Weight (mg) Total Batch size (kg) 5 and 6.3 5 5 5 Coating
Opadry film coating n/a 7.5 10 n/a Total Tablet n/a 257.5 260 n/a
Weight (mg) Coating Batch size (kg) n/a 1.975 2.0 n/a
[0709] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0710] 1. A Patterson Kelly "V` blender (with I bar)--16 quart was
charged in the following order: [0711] Approximately 1/2 of the
polyethylene oxide WSR 301 [0712] Oxycodone hydrochloride [0713]
BHT (if required) [0714] 2. Step 1 materials were blended for 10
minutes (Example 18.1, 6.3 kg batch size), 6 minutes (Example
18.2), or 5 minutes (Example 18.1, 5 kg batch size, Example 18.3
and 18.4) with the I bar on. [0715] 3. Magnesium stearate was
charged into the "V" blender. [0716] 4. Step 3 materials were
blended for 1 minute with the I bar off. [0717] 5. Step 4 blend was
charged into a plastic bag. [0718] 6. Step 5 blend was compressed
to target weight on an 8 station tablet press. The compression
parameters are presented in Tables 18.1 to 18.4. [0719] 7. Step 6
tablets were loaded into an 18 inch Compu-Lab coating pan at a pan
load of 1.5 kg (Example 18.1 cured at 72.degree. C.), 2.0 kg
(Example 18.1 cured at 75.degree. and 78.degree. C.), 1.975 kg
(Example 18.2 cured at 72.degree. C. and 75.degree. C.), 2.0 kg
(Example 18.3), 2.0 kg (Example 18.4 cured at 72.degree. C. and
75.degree. C.). [0720] 8. A temperature probe (wire thermocouple)
was placed into the pan directly above the tablet bed so that the
probe tip was near the moving bed of tablets. [0721] 9. For
Examples 18.1 to 18.4, the tablet bed was heated by setting the
inlet temperature to achieve an target exhaust temperature of
72.degree. C., 75.degree. C. or 78.degree. C. The curing starting
point (as described by method 2) was initiated once the exhaust
temperature reached the target exhaust temperature. Once the target
exhaust temperature was achieved, the inlet temperature was
adjusted as necessary to maintain the target exhaust temperature.
The tablets were cured for durations of 15 minutes up to 90
minutes. After curing, the tablet bed was cooled. The temperature
profiles for the curing processes for Examples 18.1 to 18.4 are
presented in Tables 18.1.1 to 18.4.1. [0722] 10. After cooling, the
tablet bed was warmed using an inlet setting of 53.degree. C.
(Examples 18.2 and 18.3, for Examples 18.1 and 18.4 film coating
was not performed). The film coating was started once the exhaust
temperature achieved approximately 40.degree. C. and continued
until the target weight gain of 3% (Example 18.2) and 4% (Example
18.3) was achieved. [0723] 11. After film coating was completed
(Example 18.2), the tablet bed was heated by setting the inlet
temperature to achieve the exhaust target temperature (72.degree.
C. for one batch and 75.degree. C. for one batch). The curing
starting point (as described by method 2) was initiated once the
exhaust temperature reached the target exhaust temperature. Once
the target exhaust temperature was achieved, the inlet temperature
was adjusted as necessary to maintain the target exhaust
temperature. The film coated tablets were cured for an additional
30 minutes. After the additional curing, the tablet bed was cooled.
The temperature profile for the curing process for Example 18.2 is
presented in Table 18.2.1. [0724] 12. The pan speed was reduced and
the inlet temperature was set to 22.degree. C. The system cooled to
an exhaust temperature of 30.degree. C. [0725] 13. The tablets were
discharged.
[0726] In vitro testing including breaking strength tests and
stability tests was performed as follows:
[0727] Core tablets (uncured), cured tablets, and cured/coated
tablets were tested in vitro using USP Apparatus 1 (some testing
included basket with a retaining spring placed at the top of the
basket to reduce the propensity of the tablet to stick to the base
of the shaft) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) at 37.0.degree. C. Samples were analyzed by
reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on
Waters Atlantis dC18 3.0.times.250 mm, 5 .mu.m column, using a
mobile phase consisting of a mixture of acetonitrile and potassium
phosphate monobasic buffer (pH 3.0) at 230 nm UV detection. Sample
time points included 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0, and 12.0 hours.
[0728] Uncured tablets were subjected to a breaking strength test
by applying a force of a maximum of 196 Newton using a Schleuniger
2E/106 apparatus to evaluate tablet resistance to breaking.
[0729] Example 18.4 tablets (cured at 72.degree. C. and 75.degree.
C. respectively) were subjected to a stability test by storing them
in 6 count bottles at different storage conditions (25.degree.
C./60% relative humidity or 40.degree. C./75% relative humidity or
50.degree. C.) for a certain period of time and subsequently
testing the tablets in vitro as described above. Sample time points
regarding storage include initial sample (i.e. prior to storage),
two weeks and one month, sample time points regarding dissolution
test include 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0 and 12.0 hours.
[0730] Tablet dimensions and dissolution results are presented in
Tables 18.2.2 to 18.4.2.
TABLE-US-00087 TABLE 18.1.1 Temperature Total Curing Set Actual
Time time inlet inlet Probe Exhaust (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree.
C.) (.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.).sup.4
Comments Curing process at 72.degree. C. for Example 18.1 0 -- 23
to 80 24.8 28.4 28.9 Pan load 1.5 kg; start heating 10 -- 80 76.4
65.5 65.2 15 -- 80 79.9 70.8 70.3 20 0 80 to 78 80.0 72.3 72.0
Start of curing 25 5 78 to 75 76.6 71.9 72.9 35 15 75 75 71.4 72.0
Sample 40 20 75 75.1 71.7 72.5 50 30 75 74.9 72.0 72.7 Sample 60 40
74 73.9 71.4 72.2 65 45 74 74 71.5 72.1 Sample 80 60 74 74 71.2
71.8 Sample 95 75 74 73.9 71.7 72.3 Sample 110 90 74 to 22 74 71.7
72.3 End of curing, take sample, add 0.3 g of magnesium stearate,
start cooling 129 -- 22 23.1 27.4 26.9 End cooling, no sticking
during cool down, discharge Curing process at 75.degree. C. for
Example 18.1 0 -- 23 to 85 24.1 25.0 24.9 Pan load 2.0 kg, start
heating 10 -- 85 79.6 67.4 66.5 15 -- 85 85 73.8 72.3 19 0 85 to 82
85.1 76.2 75 Start of curing 22 3 82 to 80 80.5 75.3 76.2 29 10 78
78 74.2 75.1 34 15 78 78.2 73.6 75.1 Sample 49 30 78 77.8 74.5 75.5
Sample 59 40 77.5 77.6 74.66 75.4 64 45 77.5 77.6 74.8 75.4 Sample
79 60 77.5 77.6 74.6 75.1 Sample 94 75 77.5 77.5 74.5 75.1 Sample,
minor sticking 109 90 77.5 77.6 75.0 75.6 End of curing, take
sample, start cooling 116 -- 22 30.6 42.6 46.7 Minor sticking at
support arms 122 -- 22 25 -- 33.5 End cooling Curing process at
78.degree. C. for Example 18.1 0 -- 82 35 37.6 35.9 Pan load 2 kg,
start heating 7 -- 85 84.9 71.3 69.8 14 -- 85 84.9 75.9 75.0 17.5 0
85 to 83 85.1 77.4 78.0 Start of curing 22.5 5 83 83.2 77.5 78.6
32.5 15 82 81.9 76.9 78.4 Sample 47.5 30 81 80.9 77.4 78.3 Sample
57.5 40 80.5 80.6 77.5 78.1 62.5 45 80.5 80.7 77.4 78.2 Sample 69.5
52 80.5 80.4 77.5 78.2 Minor sticking 77.5 60 80.5 80.6 77.6 78.3
Sample, sticking 87.5 70 -- -- -- -- Add 0.3 g of magnesium
stearate 92.5 75 80.0 79.8 77.1 78.1 Sample, sticking continued,
brief improvement of tablet flow with magnesium stearate addition
107.5 90 80.0 79.9 77.5 78.0 Sample, start cooling .sup.1determined
according to method 2, .sup.2temperature measured at the inlet,
.sup.3temperature measured using the temperature probe (wire
thermocouple) .sup.4temperature measured at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00088 TABLE 18.1.2 Example 18.1 (6.3 kg batch) Uncured
core tablets n = 12 Compression 15 force (kN) Tablet Weight (mg)
250 Dimen- Thickness 4.08 sions (mm) Breaking 87 strength (N)
Example 18.1 cured at 72.degree. C. uncured 15 min cure 60 min cure
n = 3 n = 3 n = 2 Dissolu- 1 hr 25 26 25 tion (% 2 hr 40 40 40
Released) 4 hr 66 64 62 SGF 8 hr 95 89 91 No spring 12 hr 102 97 92
Example 18.1 (5.0 kg batch) Uncured core tablets n = 25 Compression
15 force (kN) Tablet Weight (mg) 253 Dimen- Thickness 4.13 sions
(mm) Breaking 92 strength (N) Example 18.1 Example 18.1 cured at
75.degree. C. cured at 78.degree. C. 15 min 60 min 30 min uncured
cure cure cure n = 3 n = 3 n = 3 n = 3 Dissolu- 1 hr 26 26 26 26
tion (% 2 hr 40 41 42 41 Released) 4 hr 63 67 68 66 SGF 8 hr 90 94
94 93 No spring 12 hr 101 101 100 101
TABLE-US-00089 TABLE 18.2.1 Temperature Total Curing Set Actual
Time time inlet inlet Probe Exhaust (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree.
C.) (.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.).sup.4
Comments Curing process at 72.degree. C. for Example 18.2 0 -- 42
to 80 41.9 37.4 37.8 Pan load 1.975 kg, start heating 10 -- 80 80.0
68.0 68.6 18 0 80 80.1 71.6 72.0 Start of curing 28 10 75 74.5 70.7
72.4 33 15 75 to 22 75.0 71.1 72.3 End of curing, start cooling
47.5 -- 22 22.5 30.4 30.0 End cooling, sample, ready to coat Apply
3% filmcoat to the tablets, once achieved start heating 0 -- 50 to
80 50 48.0 43.0 Start heating for additional curing 12 0 80 to 77
80.0 72.1 72.0 Start additional curing 27 15 75 74.9 71.0 72.4
Sample 15 minute additional curing 42 30 74 to 22 73.9 70.7 72.1
Sample, 30 minute additional curing, start cooling 61 -- 22 -- --
30 End cooling, discharge, sample Curing process at 75.degree. C.
for Example 18.2 0 -- 42 to 82 41.8 39.7 40.1 Pan load 1.975 kg,
start heating 13 -- 82 82 73.0 72.2 18 0 82 to 80 81.9 75.2 75.0
Start of curing 33 15 78 to 22 77.8 74.2 75.4 End of curing, start
cooling, no sticking 49 -- 22 22.5 28.8 29.5 End cooling, sample,
ready to coat Apply 3% filmcoat to the tablets, once achieved start
heating 0 -- 48 to 83 48.0 44.5 41.5 Start heating for additional
curing 13 0 83 83.3 75.6 75.4 Start additional curing 28 15 78 78.0
74.6 75.4 Sample 15 minute additional curing 44.5 .sup. 31.5 77.5
to 22 77.4 74.4 75.4 Sample 30 minute additional curing, start
cooling 58.5 -- 22 24.2 -- 30 End cooling, discharge, sample
.sup.1determined according to method 2, .sup.2temperature measured
at the inlet, .sup.3temperature measured using the temperature
probe (wire thermocouple) .sup.4temperature measured at the
exhaust.
TABLE-US-00090 TABLE 18.2.2 Example 18.2 Uncured core tablets n =
10 n = 10 n = 10 Tooling size, 3/8 3/8 13/32 round (in) Compression
8 15 15 force (kN) Tablet Weight (mg) 253 253 252 Dimensions
Thickness (mm) 4.24 4.21 3.77 Breaking 50 68 55 strength (N)
Example 18.2 cured at 72.degree. C. Compression force (kN) 8 15 15
15 min cure, 15 min cure, 15 min cure, coated coated coated n = 3 n
= 6 n = 3 n = 6 n = 3 Dissolution No With No With No With Basket *
spring spring spring spring spring spring Dissolution.sup.1 1 hr 22
(4.9) 23 (6.5) 22 (4.8) 24 (5.6) 23 (2.2) (% Released) 2 hr 36
(6.1) 38 (5.4) 36 (6.7) 39 (4.4) 37 (3.9) SGF 4 hr 58 (5.8) 63
(2.3) 58 (7.0) 63 (2.3) 59 (5.2) 6 hr 75 (4.9) 80 (1.2) 75 (4.9) 80
(1.6) 76 (4.2) 8 hr 87 (4.1) 90 (1.2) 88 (3.1) 90 (1.8) 88 (3.2) 12
hr 96 (1.9) 99 (0.8) 97 (1.2) 98 (1.6) 97 (1.1) 16 hr -- 100 (1.4)
-- 101 (2.8) -- * Some testing included the use of a retaining
spring placed at the top of the basket to reduce the propensity of
the tablet to stick to the base of the shaft; .sup.1the values in
parantheses indicate relative standard deviation.
TABLE-US-00091 TABLE 18.3.1 Curing process at 72.degree. C. for
Example 18.3 Temperature Total Curing Set Actual Time time inlet
inlet Probe Exhaust (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree. C.) (.degree.
C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.).sup.4 Comments 0 -- 22
to 80 25.1 29.4 30.1 Pan load 2.0 kg, start heating 10 -- 80 80.2
68.3 68.0 19 0 80 80.0 71.8 72.0 Start of curing 24 5 76 75.7 71.2
72.5 29 10 76 to 75 76.0 71.3 72.7 34 15 75 to 22 74.9 70.7 72.2
End of curing, start cooling 49 -- 22 22.9 29.1 29.7 End cooling
.sup.1determined according to method 2, .sup.2temperature measured
at the inlet, .sup.3temperature measured using the temperature
probe (wire thermocouple) .sup.4temperature measured at the
exhaust.
TABLE-US-00092 TABLE 18.3.2 Example 18.3 Uncured core tablets Oval
0.600 .times. Tooling Round 3/8 inch 0.270 inch Compression 15
10-11 force (kN) n = 5 n = 5 Tablet Weight (mg) 250 250 Dimensions
Thickness 4.20 3.80-3.84 (mm) Breaking 83-110 71-76 strength (N)
Example 18.3 cured at 72.degree. C. 15 min cure, coated 15 min
cure, coated Oval 0.600 .times. Round 3/8 inch 0.270 inch n = 6 n =
6 n = 6 Dissolution No With No Basket * spring spring spring
Dissolution.sup.1 1 hr 23 (7.0) 23 (4.9) 24 (7.2) (% Released) 2 hr
37 (6.2) 38 (3.4) 40 (6.0) SGF 4 hr 59 (4.6) 61 (1.9) 64 (5.0) 6 hr
75 (3.5) 79 (1.5) 81 (2.8) 8 hr 87 (2.7) 89 (2.1) 91 (2.0) 12 hr 98
(2.6) 98 (2.6) 98 (1.6) * Some testing included the use of a
retaining spring placed at the top of the basket to reduce the
propensity of the tablet to stick to the base of the shaft.
.sup.1the values in parantheses indicate relative standard
deviation.
TABLE-US-00093 TABLE 18.4.1 Temperature Total Curing Set Actual
Time time inlet inlet Probe Exhaust (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree.
C.) (.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.).sup.3 (.degree. C.).sup.4
Comments Curing process at 72.degree. C. for Example 18.4 0 -- 82
35.6 37.3 36.3 Pan load 2.0 kg; start heating 8 -- 82 82 69.8 68.8
13.5 0 82 82 72.6 72.0 Start of curing 18.5 5 80 to 79 79.6 72.0
73.5 23.5 10 76 75.9 71.4 73.0 28.5 15 75 75 70.9 72.4 Sample 38.5
25 75 74.9 70.9 72.5 43.5 30 75 75 71.1 72.6 Sample 51.5 38 75 75.1
71.4 72.7 58.5 45 75 75 71.4 72.8 Sample 68.5 55 75 75.2 71.6 73.0
73.5 60 75 75 71.5 73 End of curing, sample, start cooling 78.5 --
23 37.4 48 52.2 Continue cooling Curing process at 75.degree. C.
for Example 18.4 0 -- 85 26.1 31.0 29.1 Pan load 2.0 kg, start
heating 5 -- 82 73.8 61.9 61.1 11 -- 82 79.9 69.3 68.3 17.5 0 85 85
76.2 75 Start of curing 27.5 10 78 77.8 74.4 76.1 32.5 15 78 77.9
74.5 75.9 Sample 39.5 22 77.55 77.4 74.1 75.6 47.5 30 77.5 77.4
74.2 75.6 Sample 55.5 38 77 76.9 74.0 75.4 62.5 45 77 77 73.9 75.3
Sample 69.5 52 77 77.2 73.8 75.3 77.5 60 77 77.0 73.7 75.3 End of
curing, sample, start cooling .sup.1determined according to method
2, .sup.2temperature measured at the inlet, .sup.3temperature
measured using the temperature probe (wire thermocouple)
.sup.4temperature measured at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00094 TABLE 18.4.2 Example 18.4 Uncured core tablets n =
25 Compression force (kN) 15 Tablet Weight (mg) 254 Dimensions
Thickness (mm) 4.15 Breaking 85 strength (N) Example 18.4 Example
18.4 cured at 72.degree. C. cured at 75.degree. C. uncured 15 min
cure 60 min cure 15 min cure 60 min cure n = 3 n = 3 n = 3 n = 3 n
= 3 Dissolution 1 hr 26 26 26 26 25 (% Released) 2 hr 41 41 41 42
40 SGF 4 hr 63 64 65 65 64 No spring 8 hr 89 89 94 91 89 12 hr 98
99 100 100 99 Example 18.4, 2 week stability 15 min cure at
72.degree. C. initial 25/60.sup.1 40/75.sup.1 50.degree. C. n = 3 n
= 4 n = 4 n = 4 Dissolution 1 hr 26 26 26 27 (% Released) 2 hr 41
40 41 42 SGF 4 hr 64 62 63 65 No spring 6 hr -- -- -- -- 8 hr 89 88
90 92 12 hr 99 99 99 102 Example 18.4, 2 week stability 15 min cure
at 75.degree. C. initial 25/60.sup.1 40/75.sup.1 50.degree. C. n =
3 n = 4 n = 4 n = 4 Dissolution 1 hr 26 25 26 25 (% Released) 2 hr
42 39 41 40 SGF 4 hr 65 60 64 63 No spring 6 hr -- -- -- -- 8 hr 91
84 90 91 12 hr 100 95 99 99 Example 18.4 1 month stability 15 min
cure at 72.degree. C. initial 25/60.sup.1 40/75.sup.1 50.degree. C.
n = 3 n = 4 n = 4 n = 3 Dissolution 1 hr 26 26 26 26 (% Released) 2
hr 41 41 40 41 SGF 4 hr 64 63 63 66 No spring 6 hr -- 79 79 83 8 hr
89 89 91 93 12 hr 99 98 99 101 .sup.1storage conditions, i.e.
25.degree. C./60% RH or 40.degree. C./75% RH
Example 19
[0731] In Example 19, two different Oxycodone HCl tablet
formulations containing 80 mg of Oxycodone HCl were prepared using
high molecular weight polyethylene oxide at a tablet weight of 250
mg. One of the formulations (Example 19.1) contained Polyethylene
oxide N60K and one formulation (Example 19.2) contained
Polyethylene oxide N12K.
Compositions:
TABLE-US-00095 [0732] Example 19.1 Example 19.2 mg/unit mg/unit
Ingredient Oxycodone HCl 80 80 (32%) (32%) Polyethylene oxide (MW:
168.75 0 approximately 2,000,000; (67.5%) Polyox .TM. WSR- N60K)
Polyethylene oxide (MW: 0 168.75 approximately 1,000,000; (67.5%)
Polyox .TM. WSR- N12K) Magnesium Stearate 1.25 (0.5%) (0.5%) Total
Core Tablet Weight (mg) 250 250 Total Batch size (kg) 2.0 2.0
Coating Opadry film coating 10 10 Total Tablet Weight (mg) 260 260
Coating Batch size (kg) 1.4 1.4
[0733] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0734] 1. A Patterson Kelly "V` blender (with I bar)--8 quart was
charged in the following order: [0735] Approximately 1/2 of the
polyethylene oxide [0736] Oxycodone hydrochloride [0737] Remaining
polyethylene oxide [0738] Note: the polyethylene oxide was screened
through a 20-mesh screen, retain material was not used. [0739] 2.
Step 1 materials were blended for 5 minutes with the I bar on.
[0740] 3. Magnesium stearate was charged into the "V" blender.
[0741] 4. Step 3 materials were blended for 1 minute with the I bar
off. [0742] 5. Step 4 blend was charged into a plastic bag. [0743]
6. Step 5 blend was compressed to target weight on an 8 station
tablet press at 30,000 tph speed using 3/8 inch standard round,
concave (embossed) tooling. The compression parameters are
presented in Tables 19.1 and 19.2. [0744] 7. Step 6 tablets were
loaded into an 18 inch Compu-Lab coating pan. [0745] 8. A
temperature probe (wire thermocouple) was placed into the pan
directly above the tablet bed so that the probe tip was near the
moving bed of tablets. [0746] 9. The tablet bed was heated by
setting the inlet temperature to achieve an exhaust target
temperature of 72.degree. C. The curing starting point (as
described by method 2) was initiated once the exhaust temperature
reached the target temperature. Once the target exhaust temperature
was achieved, the inlet temperature was adjusted as necessary to
maintain the target exhaust temperature. The tablets were cured for
15 minutes. After curing, the inlet temperature was set to
22.degree. C. and the tablet bed was cooled. The temperature
profiles for the curing processes for Examples 19.1 and 19.2 are
presented in Tables 19.1.1 and 19.2.1. [0747] 10. After cooling,
the tablet bed was warmed using an inlet setting of 53.degree. C.
The film coating was started once the exhaust temperature achieved
approximately 41.degree. C. and continued until the target weight
gain of 4% was achieved. [0748] 11. After film coating was
completed, the tablet bed was cooled by setting the inlet
temperature to 22.degree. C. The tablet bed was cooled to an
exhaust temperature of 30.degree. C. or less was achieved. [0749]
12. The tablets were discharged.
[0750] In vitro testing including breaking strength tests was
performed as follows:
[0751] Core tablets (uncured), cured tablets, and cured/coated
tablets were tested in vitro using USP Apparatus 1 (basket with a
retaining spring placed at the top of the basket to reduce the
propensity of the tablet to stick to the base of the shaft) at 100
rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at
37.0.degree. C. Samples were analyzed by reversed-phase high
performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on Waters Atlantis dC18
3.0.times.250 mm, 5 .mu.m column, using a mobile phase consisting
of a mixture of acetonitrile and potassium phosphate monobasic
buffer (pH 3.0) at 230 nm UV detection. Sample time points included
1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0, 12.0 and 16.0 hours.
[0752] Uncured tablets were subjected to a breaking strength test
by applying a force of a maximum of 196 Newton using a Schleuniger
2E/106 apparatus to evaluate tablet resistance to breaking.
[0753] Tablet dimensions and dissolution results are presented in
Tables 19.1.2 and 19.2.2.
TABLE-US-00096 TABLE 19.1.1 Example 19.1 (PEO N60K) Temperature
Total Curing Set Actual Time time inlet inlet Probe Exhaust (min.)
(min.).sup.1 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.).sup.3
(.degree. C.).sup.4 Comments 0 -- 22 to 80 25.3 26.4.sup. 26.9 Pan
load 1.4 kg; start heating 21 0 80 79.9 70.0 * 72.0 Start of curing
31 10 75.5 75.5 69.1 * 72.2 Good tablet flow, no sticking 36 15
75.5 to 22 75.4 69.5 * 72.4 End of curing, start cooling 50 -- 22
22.6 27.5.sup. 30.0 End of cooling, sample .sup.1determined
according to method 2, .sup.2temperature measured at the inlet,
.sup.3temperature measured using the temperature probe (wire
thermocouple) .sup.4temperature measured at the exhaust; * Low
temperature values compared to the exhaust temperature. Changed the
battery prior to processing Example 19.2.
TABLE-US-00097 TABLE 19.1.2 Example 19.1 (PEO N60K) Uncured core
tablets n = 15 Compression 15 force (kN) Tablet Weight (mg) 252
Dimensions Thickness 4.12 (mm) Breaking 112 strength (N) Example
19.1 cured at 72.degree. C. uncured 15 min cure Cured/coated n = 3
n = 3 n = 6 Dissolution 1 hr 25 (2.3) 25 (2.1) 25 (3.7) (%
Released) 2 hr 40 (1.8) 40 (1.3) 40 (3.8) SGF 4 hr 67 (0.7) 66
(1.5) 65 (1.4) Basket with 6 hr 85 (1.0) 86 (3.9) 84 (1.0) spring 8
hr 97 (0.8) 98 (1.8) 95 (0.7) 12 hr 101 (1.2) 103 (1.2) 102 (0.8)
16 hr 102 (0.7) 103 (2.0) 103 (1.1)
TABLE-US-00098 TABLE 19.2.1 Example 19.2 (PEO N12K) Temperature
Total Curing Set Actual Time time inlet inlet Probe Exhaust (min.)
(min.).sup.1 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.).sup.3
(.degree. C.).sup.4 Comments 0 -- 22 to 80 27.0 31.4 30.9 Pan load
1.4 kg; start heating 19.5 0 80 80.1 71.5 72.0 Start of curing 24.5
5 77 76.7 71.0 72.8 29.5 10 75 75.0 70.3 72.0 Good tablet flow, no
sticking 34.5 15 75 to 22 75.1 70.4 72.0 End of curing, start
cooling 49 -- 22 22.4 30.0 30.0 End of cooling, sample
.sup.1determined according to method 2, .sup.2temperature measured
at the inlet, .sup.3temperature measured using the temperature
probe (wire thermocouple) .sup.4temperature measured at the
exhaust.
TABLE-US-00099 TABLE 19.2.2 Example 19.1 (PEO N12K) Uncured core
tablets n = 15 Compression 15 force (kN) Tablet Weight (mg) 257
Dimensions Thickness 4.17 (mm) Breaking 107 strength (N) Example
19.2 cured at 72.degree. C. uncured 15 min cure Cured/coated n = 3
n = 3 n = 6 Dissolution 1 hr 277 (7.6) 25 (1.0) 26 (4.0) (%
Released) 2 hr 44 (4.9) 42 (0.6) 43 (3.7) SGF Basket 4 hr 72 (2.5)
70 (0.6) 71 (1.8) with spring 6 hr 92 (1.1) 92 (0.6) 91 (1.2) 8 hr
102 (0.9) 101 (1.1) 100 (1.4) 12 hr 102 (1.1) 101 (0.9) 101 (1.3)
16 hr 103 (0.3) 103 (1.3) 102 (1.1)
Example 20: Indentation Test
[0754] In Example 20, tablets corresponding to Examples 13.1 to
13.5, 14.1 to 14.5, 16.1, 16.2, 17.1 and 18.2 were subjected to an
indentation test with a Texture Analyzer to quantify the tablet
strength.
[0755] The indentation tests were performed with a TA-XT2
Texture
[0756] Analyzer (Texture Technologies Corp., 18 Fairview Road,
Scarsdale, N.Y. 10583) equipped with a TA-8A 1/8 inch diameter
stainless steel ball probe. The probe height was calibrated to 6 mm
above a stainless stand with slightly concaved surface. The tablets
were placed on top of the stainless stand and aligned directly
under the probe. Each type of tablets was tested at least once.
Single measurement values are reported. Testing performed on the
same type of tablet produced similar results unless the tablet and
the probe were misaligned. In such an event, the data would be
rejected upon confirmation by visual examination of the tested
tablet.
[0757] The indentation tests were run with the following
parameters:
TABLE-US-00100 pre-test speed 0.5 mm/s, test speed 0.5 mm/s,
automatic trigger force 10 grams, post-test speed 1.0 mm/s, test
distance 3.0 mm.
[0758] The results are presented in Tables 20.1 to 20.3 and in
FIGS. 20 to 33.
TABLE-US-00101 TABLE 20.1 Cracking force, "penetration depth to
crack" distance and work values Indentation Test Results Cracking
Maximum Force Force Distance Work (N) (N) .sup.6 (mm) .sup.7 (J)
.sup.8 Example 13.1.sup.1 -- 189 3.00 0.284 Example 13.2.sup.1 --
188 3.00 0.282 Example 13.3.sup.1 191 -- 2.91 0.278 Example
13.4.sup.1 132 -- 1.81 0.119 Example 13.5.sup.1 167 -- 1.82 0.152
Example 17.1.sup.2 >250.sup.5 -- >2.0 >0.250 Example
18.2.sup.2 194 -- 1.80 0.175 Example 14.1.sup.3 213 -- 2.52 0.268
Example 14.2.sup.3 196 -- 2.27 0.222 Example 14.3.sup.3 161 -- 1.90
0.153 Example 14.4.sup.3 137 -- 1.51 0.103 Example 14.5.sup.3 134
-- 1.39 0.093 Example 16.1.sup.4 227 -- 2.23 0.253 Example
16.2.sup.4 224 -- 2.17 0.243 .sup.1indentation test performed with
tablets cured for 30 min and uncoated (curing time determined
according to method 4, curing started when the probe temperature
reached 70.degree. C., see Example 13). .sup.2indentation test
performed with tablets cured at 72.degree. C. for 15 minutes and
coated (curing time determined according to method 2, curing
started when the exhaust air temperature reached 72.degree. C., see
Examples 17 and 18), .sup.3indentation test performed with tablets
cured for 1 hour and coated (curing time determined according to
method 1, curing started when the inlet air temperature reached
75.degree. C., see Example 14), .sup.4indentation test performed
with tablets cured for 15 minutes and coated (curing time
determined according to method 2, curing started when the exhaust
air temperature reached 72.degree. C., see Example 16), .sup.5The
peak force exceeded the detection limit, .sup.6 In the indentation
tests where the tablets did not crack under the test conditions
given above, the maximum force at penetration depth of 3.0 mm is
given instead of a cracking force; .sup.7 "penetration depth to
crack" distance .sup.8 approximated value, calculated using the
equation: Work .apprxeq. 1/2 Force [N] .times. Distance [m].
TABLE-US-00102 TABLE 20.2 Selective force values at incremental
distance change of 0.1 mm Dis- Force (N) tance Ex. Ex. Ex. Ex. Ex.
Ex. Ex. (mm) 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 17.1 18.2 0.0 0.18 0.18 0.15
0.17 0.24 0.14 0.35 0.1 3.54 4.86 3.67 4.38 5.35 6.12 6.88 0.2 8.76
10.56 9.95 10.29 12.37 15.13 15.51 0.3 15.49 16.97 16.85 17.62
22.22 25.57 25.33 0.4 22.85 24.19 23.81 25.44 32.98 35.86 35.21 0.5
30.43 31.59 30.81 33.42 43.85 46.10 45.25 0.6 37.80 38.82 38.42
41.49 55.41 56.87 55.60 0.7 45.61 46.10 46.61 49.73 67.02 67.69
66.85 0.8 53.30 53.08 54.53 58.37 78.43 78.71 78.24 0.9 60.67 60.25
62.38 67.00 89.60 90.74 89.60 1.0 68.02 67.55 70.89 75.45 100.38
103.18 101.69 1.1 75.29 74.67 80.12 83.75 110.46 116.10 114.50 1.2
82.81 81.40 89.03 91.14 119.87 129.90 127.13 1.3 90.04 88.23 97.49
98.35 129.16 144.28 139.46 1.4 96.85 95.21 105.89 105.88 138.29
158.94 151.41 1.5 103.92 101.84 114.37 112.94 146.76 173.41 162.88
1.6 111.30 108.30 122.31 119.59 154.61 188.13 173.95 1.7 118.27
115.16 129.99 125.85 161.87 202.39 184.52 1.8 125.02 121.81 136.94
131.63 167.65 216.08 193.31 1.9 131.71 128.37 143.45 137.30 165.05
229.06 190.80 2.0 138.09 134.64 149.56 142.86 163.03 241.23 191.16
2.1 144.38 140.46 155.52 148.05 165.82 250.17.sup.1 192.11 2.2
150.54 146.46 160.93 153.34 168.86 -- 191.84 2.3 156.18 152.31
166.39 158.55 171.13 -- 189.31 2.4 161.57 157.73 171.41 163.52
172.21 -- 185.17 2.5 166.80 163.24 176.29 168.34 171.66 -- 179.55
2.6 171.67 168.53 180.67 172.34 169.90 -- 173.09 2.7 176.24 173.45
184.52 175.57 167.51 -- 166.68 2.8 180.39 178.37 187.79 177.84
164.67 -- 158.70 2.9 184.61 183.24 190.54 180.35 161.12 -- 148.39
3.0 188.65 187.97 192.92 182.88 156.21 -- 137.65 .sup.1Force value
at a distance of 2.0825 mm
TABLE-US-00103 TABLE 20.3 Selective force values at incremental
distance change of 0.1 mm Dis- Force (N) tance Ex. Ex. Ex. Ex. Ex.
Ex. Ex. (mm) 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 16.1 16.2 0.0 0.33 0.27 0.33
0.31 0.41 0.27 0.26 0.1 6.06 6.03 6.55 6.61 5.78 6.22 7.25 0.2
13.81 13.05 13.65 15.53 13.51 13.88 15.52 0.3 22.48 21.42 21.55
24.82 21.87 23.31 25.11 0.4 31.41 29.68 29.51 34.09 31.12 33.72
35.29 0.5 40.00 37.79 37.99 43.44 41.26 43.82 45.31 0.6 48.85 46.69
47.69 52.78 52.22 54.19 55.47 0.7 57.85 55.26 57.19 62.09 63.53
64.60 66.58 0.8 66.76 64.45 66.87 71.64 74.72 75.69 78.37 0.9 75.69
73.68 76.43 81.47 85.73 87.70 90.38 1.0 84.63 83.33 86.31 91.14
96.72 99.88 103.07 1.1 94.04 92.81 95.86 100.28 107.27 112.14
116.67 1.2 103.45 101.93 105.14 109.77 118.11 124.54 130.10 1.3
112.69 111.76 115.04 119.97 128.22 137.12 143.13 1.4 122.63 122.04
125.05 129.55 133.77 149.34 155.78 1.5 132.50 132.04 134.14 137.20
134.95 161.51 168.25 1.6 141.98 141.82 142.58 135.04 139.81 173.01
180.44 1.7 151.21 150.82 150.69 139.12 144.84 184.28 192.28 1.8
160.27 159.44 157.82 143.60 148.83 194.58 203.45 1.9 169.02 168.09
161.72 146.81 151.39 204.27 212.71 2.0 177.84 176.40 162.87 148.59
152.52 213.25 218.71 2.1 186.18 184.67 165.88 149.32 152.56 221.06
223.17 2.2 194.39 192.38 169.78 149.19 151.29 226.97 224.84 2.3
202.16 196.66 173.59 148.16 147.83 219.64 226.60 2.4 208.46 199.43
176.38 146.05 141.54 210.57 228.33 2.5 212.94 202.98 178.44 142.81
134.06 203.85 228.97 2.6 213.83 206.77 179.87 137.70 124.24 197.33
228.49 2.7 216.58 209.46 181.13 131.34 109.53 189.49 227.40 2.8
219.71 211.32 182.02 123.72 88.60 181.26 225.10 2.9 222.51 211.01
181.70 114.09 20.86 174.45 222.87 3.0 224.59 208.85 179.91 102.93
0.16 168.70 220.36
Example 21: Indentation Test
[0759] In Example 21, tablets corresponding to Examples 16.1 (60 mg
Oxycodone HCl) and 16.2 (80 mg oxycodone HCL) and commercial
[0760] Oxycontin.TM. 60 mg and Oxycontin.TM. 80 mg tablets were
subjected to an indentation test with a Texture Analyzer to
quantify the tablet strength.
[0761] The indentation tests were performed as described in Example
20.
[0762] The results are presented in Table 21 and in FIGS. 34 and
35.
TABLE-US-00104 TABLE 21 Selective force values at incremental
distance change of 0.1 mm Force (N) Distance Ex. Oxycontin .TM. Ex.
Oxycontin .TM. (mm) 16.1 60 mg 16.2 80 mg 0.0 0.27 0.42 0.26 0.42
0.1 6.22 14.14 7.25 14.21 0.2 13.88 30.39 15.52 29.75 0.3 23.31
46.53 25.11 44.30 0.4 33.72 61.94 35.29 59.46 0.5 43.82 78.14 45.31
75.33 0.6 54.19 13.58 55.47 91.91 0.7 64.60 0.30 66.58 108.71 0.8
75.69 0.09 78.37 1.48 0.9 87.70 0.00 90.38 1.52 1.0 99.88 0.01
103.07 1.17 1.1 112.14 0.01 116.67 1.31 1.2 124.54 0.00 130.10 3.61
1.3 137.12 0.01 143.13 7.85 1.4 149.34 0.00 155.78 3.49 1.5 161.51
0.00 168.25 0.15 1.6 173.01 0.00 180.44 0.85 1.7 184.28 0.00 192.28
1.46 1.8 194.58 0.00 203.45 1.12 1.9 204.27 0.00 212.71 0.81 2.0
213.25 0.02 218.71 0.52 2.1 221.06 -0.01 223.17 0.14 2.2 226.97
-0.01 224.84 0.13 2.3 219.64 -0.01 226.60 0.10 2.4 210.57 0.01
228.33 0.09 2.5 203.85 0.00 228.97 0.08 2.6 197.33 0.00 228.49 0.08
2.7 189.49 -0.01 227.40 0.07 2.8 181.26 0.00 225.10 0.08 2.9 174.45
0.00 222.87 0.07 3.0 168.70 0.00 220.36 0.08
Comparative Example 22
[0763] In Comparative Example 22, five different 150 mg tablets
(Examples 22.1 to 22.5) including 10, 15, 20, 30 and 40 mg of
oxycodone HCl were prepared using the compositions as described in
Example 13, and amending the manufacturing process of Example 13
insofar that the tablets were subjected to a molding step instead
of a curing step.
[0764] Compositions:
TABLE-US-00105 Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- Exam- ple ple ple ple ple
22.1 22.2 22.3 22.4 22.5 Ingredient mg/unit mg/unit mg/unit mg/unit
mg/unit Oxycodone HCl 10 15 20 30 40 Polyethylene oxide 138.5 133.5
128.5 118.5 108.5 (MW: approximately 4,000,000; Polyox .TM. WSR-
301) Magnesium Stearate 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Total Core Tablet 150
150 150 150 150 Weight (mg) Total Batch size 10 kg 10 kg 10 kg 10
kg 10 kg
[0765] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0766] 1. A Patterson Kelly "V` blender (with I bar)--16 quart was
charged in the following order: [0767] Approximately 1/2 of the
polyethylene oxide WSR 301 [0768] Oxycodone hydrochloride [0769]
Remaining polyethylene oxide WSR 301 [0770] 2. Step 1 materials
were blended for 5 minutes with the I bar on. [0771] 3. Magnesium
stearate was charged into the "V" blender. [0772] 4. Step 3
materials were blended for 1 minute with the I bar off. [0773] 5.
Step 4 blend was charged into a plastic bag. [0774] 6. Step 5 blend
was compressed to target weight on an 8 station tablet press at
35,000 tph speed using 9/32 inch standard round, concave (embossed)
tooling. [0775] 7. Step 6 tablets were molded with a temperature
controlled Specac press. The compressed tablets from step 6 were
placed between two heated plates which were preheated to
120.degree. C. and then compressed at a pressured setting of 1000
kg and held for 3 minutes. The molten tablets were cooled to room
temperature prior to density measurement.
[0776] The density measurement was performed as follows:
[0777] The density of tablets before and after the molding step was
determined by Archimedes principle, using a Top-loading Mettler
Toledo balance Model #AB 135-S/FACT, Serial #1127430072 and a
density determination kit 33360, according to the following
procedure: [0778] 1. Set-up the Mettler Toledo balance with the
Density Determination Kit. [0779] 2. Fill an appropriately sized
beaker (200 ml) with hexane. [0780] 3. Weigh the tablet in air and
record the weight as Weight A. [0781] 4. Transfer the same tablet
onto the lower coil within the beaker filled with hexane. [0782] 5.
Determine the weight of the tablet in hexane and record the weight
as Weight B. [0783] 6. Perform the density calculation according to
the equation
[0783] .rho. = A A - B .rho. 0 , ##EQU00004##
wherein [0784] .rho..sub.: Density of the tablet [0785] A: Weight
of the tablet in air [0786] B: Weight of the tablet when immersed
in the liquid [0787] .rho..sub.0: Density of the liquid at a given
temperature (density of hexane at 20.degree. C.=0.660 g/ml (Merck
Index) [0788] 7. Record the density. The reported density values
are mean values of 3 tablets and all refer to uncoated tablets.
[0789] The results are presented in Table 22.1.
TABLE-US-00106 TABLE 22.1 Density (g/cm.sup.3).sup.1 Density change
Unmolded Molded after molding tablet.sup.2 tablet (%).sup.3 Example
22.1 1.172 1.213 +3.498 Example 22.2 1.174 1.213 +3.322 Example
22.3 1.179 1.222 +3.647 Example 22.4 1.182 1.231 +4.146 Example
22.5 1.222 1.237 +1.227 .sup.1The density value is a mean value of
3 tablets measured; .sup.2The density of the "unmolded tablet"
corresponds to the density of the "uncured tablet" of Examples 13.1
to 13.5; .sup.3The density change after molding corresponds to the
observed density change in % of the molded tablets in comparison to
the unmolded tablets.
Example 23
[0790] In Example 23, 154.5 mg tablets including 30 mg
Hydromorphone HCl were prepared using high molecular weight
polyethylene oxide.
Composition:
TABLE-US-00107 [0791] Ingredient mg/unit g/batch Hydromorphone HCl
30 1000 Polyethylene oxide (MW: 119.25 3975 approximately
4,000,000; Polyox .TM. WSR- 301) Magnesium Stearate 0.75 25 Total
Core Tablet Weight (mg) 150 Total Batch size 10 kg (2 .times. 5 kg)
Coating mg/unit Opadry film coating 4.5 Total Tablet Weight (mg)
154.5 Coating Batch Size (kg) 8.835 kg
[0792] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0793] 1. A PK V-blender (with I-bar)--16 quart was charged in the
following order: [0794] Approximately half of the Polyethylene
Oxide 301 [0795] Hydromorphone HCl [0796] Remaining Polyethylene
Oxide 301 [0797] 2. Step 1 materials were blended for 5 minutes
with the intensifier bar ON. [0798] 3. Magnesium stearate was
charged in the PK V-blender. [0799] 4. Step 3 materials were
blended for 1 minute with the intensifier bar OFF. [0800] 5. Step 4
blend was charged into a plastic bag (Note: two 5 kg blends were
produced to provide 10 kgs available for compression). [0801] 6.
Step 5 blend was compressed to target weight on an 8 station rotary
tablet press using 9/32 inch standard round, concave (embossed)
tooling at 35,000 to 40,800 tph speed using 5-8 kN compression
force. [0802] 7. Step 6 tablets were loaded into a 24 inch
Compu-Lab coating pan at a pan load of 9.068 kg. [0803] 8. The pan
speed was set to 10 rpm and the tablet bed was heated by setting
the inlet air temperature to achieve an exhaust temperature of
approximately 72.degree. C. The curing starting point (as described
by method 2) was initiated once the exhaust temperature achieved
72.degree. C. The tablets were cured at the target exhaust
temperature for 1 hour. Tablet samples were taken after 30 minutes
of curing. [0804] 9. After 1 hour of curing at the target exhaust
temperature of 72.degree. C., the inlet temperature was set to
90.degree. C. to increase the exhaust temperature (the bed
temperature). [0805] 10. After 10 minutes of increased heating, the
exhaust temperature reached 82.degree. C. The tablet continued to
maintain good flow/bed movement. No sticking was observed. [0806]
11. The inlet temperature was set to 22.degree. C. to initiate
cooling. During the cool down period (to an exhaust temperature of
42.degree. C.), no sticking or agglomerating of tablets was
observed. [0807] 12. Step 11 tablets were loaded into a 24 inch
Compu-Lab coating pan at a pan load of 8.835 kg. [0808] 13. The
tablet bed was warmed by setting the inlet air temperature at
55.degree. C. The film coating was started once the exhaust
temperature approached 42.degree. C. and continued until the target
weight gain of 3% was achieved. [0809] 14. Film coating was
conducted at a spray rate of 40-45 g/min, airflow target at 350
cfm, and pan speed initiated at 10 rpm and increased to 15 rpm.
After coating was completed the pan speed was set to 3.5 rpm and
the tablets were allowed to cool. [0810] 15. The tablets were
discharged.
[0811] In vitro testing including dissolution, assay and content
uniformity test was performed as follows:
[0812] Tablets cured for 30 minutes (uncoated) were tested in vitro
using USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated
gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at 37.0.degree. C. Samples were
analyzed by reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography
(HPLC) on Waters Atlantis dC18 3.0.times.250 mm, 5 .mu.m column,
using a mobile phase consisting of a mixture of acetonitrile and
potassium phosphate monobasic buffer (pH 3.0) at 220 nm UV
detection. Sample time points include 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0 and 12.0
hours.
[0813] Tablets cured for 30 minutes (uncoated) were subjected to
the assay test. Oxycodone hydrochloride was extracted from two sets
of ten tablets each with 900 mL of a 1:2 mixture of acetonitrile
and simulated gastric fluid without enzyme (SGF) under constant
magnetic stirring in a 1000-mL volumetric flask until all tablets
were completely dispersed or for overnight. The sample solutions
were diluted and analyzed by reversed-phase high performance liquid
chromatography (HPLC) on Waters Atlantis dC.sub.18 3.0.times.250
mm, 5 .mu.m column maintained at 60.degree. C. using a mobile phase
consisting of acetonitrile and potassium phosphate monobasic buffer
at pH 3.0 with UV detection at 280 nm.
[0814] Tablets cured for 30 minutes (uncoated) were subjected to
the content uniformity test. Oxycodone hydrochloride was extracted
from ten separate tablets each with 90 mL of a 1:2 mixture of
acetonitrile and simulated gastric fluid without enzyme (SGF) under
constant magnetic stirring in a 100-mL volumetric flask until the
tablets were completely dispersed or for overnight. The sample
solutions were diluted and analyzed by reversed-phase high
performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on Waters Atlantis
dC.sub.18 3.0.times.250 mm, 5 .mu.m column maintained at 60.degree.
C. using a mobile phase consisting of acetonitrile and potassium
phosphate monobasic buffer at pH 3.0 with UV detection at 280
nm.
[0815] The results are presented in Table 23.
TABLE-US-00108 TABLE 23 Example 23 30 min cure Assay 98.9 (%
oxycodone HCl).sup.1 Content uniformity 97.9 (% oxycodone
HCl).sup.1 Dissolution 1 hr 26 (% Released) 2 hr 42 (n = 6) 4 hr 66
8 hr 92 12 hr 101 .sup.1relative to the label claim of Oxycodone
HCl
Example 24
[0816] In Example 24, 150 mg tablets including 2 mg Hydromorphone
HCl were prepared using high molecular weight polyethylene
oxide.
Composition:
TABLE-US-00109 [0817] Ingredient mg/unit g/batch Hydromorphone HCl
2 66.5 Polyethylene oxide (MW: 147.25 4908.5 approximately
4,000,000; Polyox .TM. WSR- 301) Magnesium Stearate 0.75 25 Total
Core Tablet Weight (mg) 150 Total Batch size 10 kg (2 .times. 5
kg)
[0818] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0819] 1. A PK V-blender (with I-bar)--4 quart was charged in the
following order: [0820] Approximately 600 g of the Polyethylene
Oxide 301 [0821] Hydromorphone HCl [0822] Approximately 600 g of
the Polyethylene Oxide 301 [0823] 2. Step 1 materials were blended
for 2 minutes with the I-bar ON and then discharged. [0824] 3. A PK
V-blender (with I-bar)--16 quart was charged in the following
order: [0825] Approximately half of the remaining Polyethylene
Oxide 301 [0826] Pre-blend material (from step 2) [0827] Remaining
Polyethylene Oxide 301 [0828] 4. Step 3 materials were blended for
5 minutes with the intensifier bar ON. [0829] 5. Magnesium stearate
was charged in the PK V-blender. [0830] 6. Step 5 materials were
blended for 1 minute with the intensifier bar OFF. [0831] 7. Step 6
blend was charged into a plastic bag (Note: two 5 kg blends were
produced to provide 10 kgs available for compression). [0832] 8.
Step 7 blend was compressed to target weight on an 8 station rotary
tablet press using 9/32 inch standard round, concave (embossed)
tooling at 40,800 tph speed using 2 kN compression force. [0833] 9.
Step 8 tablets were loaded into a 24 inch Compu-Lab coating pan at
a pan load of 9.146 kg. [0834] 10. The pan speed was set to 10 rpm
and the tablet bed was heated by setting the inlet air temperature
to achieve an exhaust temperature of approximately 72.degree. C.
The curing starting point (as described by method 2) was initiated
once the exhaust temperature achieved 72.degree. C. The tablets
were cured at the target exhaust temperature for 1 hour. Tablet
samples were taken after 30 minutes of curing. [0835] 11. The pan
speed was increased to 15 rpm once the exhaust temperature reached
72.degree. C. [0836] 12. After 1 hour of curing at the target
exhaust temperature, the inlet temperature was set to 22.degree. C.
to initiate cooling. After 3 minutes of cooling the tablet bed
massed forming large agglomerates of tablets. Coating was not
feasible. [0837] 13. The tablets were discharged.
[0838] It is assumed that the agglomeration of tablets can be
avoided, for example by increasing the pan speed, by the use of
Magnesium Stearate as anti-tacking agent, or by applying a
sub-coating prior to curing.
[0839] In vitro testing including dissolution, assay and content
uniformity test was performed as follows:
[0840] Tablets cured for 30 minutes (uncoated) were tested in vitro
using USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated
gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at 37.0.degree. C. Samples were
analyzed by reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography
(HPLC) on Waters Atlantis dC18 3.0.times.250 mm, 5 .mu.m column,
using a mobile phase consisting of a mixture of acetonitrile and
potassium phosphate monobasic buffer (pH 3.0) at 220 nm UV
detection. Sample time points include 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 8.0 and 12.0
hours.
[0841] Tablets cured for 30 minutes (uncoated) were subjected to
the assay test. Oxycodone hydrochloride was extracted from two sets
of ten tablets each with 900 mL of a 1:2 mixture of acetonitrile
and simulated gastric fluid without enzyme (SGF) under constant
magnetic stirring in a 1000-mL volumetric flask until all tablets
were completely dispersed or for overnight. The sample solutions
were diluted and analyzed by reversed-phase high performance liquid
chromatography (HPLC) on Waters Atlantis dC.sub.is 3.0.times.250
mm, 5 .mu.m column maintained at 60.degree. C. using a mobile phase
consisting of acetonitrile and potassium phosphate monobasic buffer
at pH 3.0 with UV detection at 280 nm.
[0842] Tablets cured for 30 minutes (uncoated) were subjected to
the content uniformity test. Oxycodone hydrochloride was extracted
from ten separate tablets each with 90 mL of a 1:2 mixture of
acetonitrile and simulated gastric fluid without enzyme (SGF) under
constant magnetic stirring in a 100-mL volumetric flask until the
tablets were completely dispersed or for overnight. The sample
solutions were diluted and analyzed by reversed-phase high
performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on Waters Atlantis
dC.sub.18 3.0.times.250 mm, 5 .mu.m column maintained at 60.degree.
C. using a mobile phase consisting of acetonitrile and potassium
phosphate monobasic buffer at pH 3.0 with UV detection at 280
nm.
[0843] The results are presented in Table 24.
TABLE-US-00110 TABLE 24 Example 24 30 min cure Assay 95.7 (%
oxycodone HCl).sup.1 Content uniformity 94.9 (% oxycodone
HCl).sup.1 Dissolution 1 hr 26 (% Released) 2 hr 39 (n = 6) 4 hr 62
8 hr 89 12 hr 98 .sup.1relative to the label claim of Oxycodone
HCl
Example 25
[0844] In Example 25, two different 400 mg tablets including 60 mg
(Example 25.1 and 25.2) and 80 mg (Example 25.3 and 25.4) of
oxycodone HCl were prepared using high molecular weight
polyethylene oxide and low molecular weight polyethylene oxide. Two
100 kg batches were prepared for each formulation.
TABLE-US-00111 Example 25 mg/unit mg/unit Ingredient Oxycodone HCl
60 80 Polyethylene oxide (MW: 229.7 216 approximately 4,000,000;
Polyox .TM. WSR- 301) Polyethylene oxide (MW: 106.3 100
approximately 100,000; Polyox .TM. WSR- N10) Magnesium Stearate 4 4
Total Core Tablet 400 400 Weight (mg) Example 25.1 25.2 25.3 25.4
Total Batch size 100 kg 100 kg 100 kg 100 kg Coating Opadry film
coating 16 16 Total Tablet Weight (mg) 416 416 Coating Batch Size
(kg) 91.440 96.307 95.568 98.924
[0845] The processing steps to manufacture tablets were as follows:
[0846] 1. The magnesium stearate was passed through a Sweco Sifter
equipped with a 20 mesh screen, into a separate suitable container.
[0847] 2. A Gemco "V" blender (with I bar)--10 cu. ft. was charged
in the following order: [0848] Approximately 1/2 of the
polyethylene oxide WSR 301 [0849] Oxycodone hydrochloride [0850]
Polyethylene oxide WSR N10 [0851] Remaining polyethylene oxide WSR
301 [0852] 3. Step 2 materials were blended for 10 minutes with the
I bar on. [0853] 4. Magnesium stearate was charged into the Gemco
"V" blender. [0854] 5. Step 4 materials were blended for 2 minutes
with the I bar off. [0855] 6. Step 5 blend was charged into a
clean, tared, stainless steel container. [0856] 7. Step 6 blend was
compressed to target weight on a 40 station tablet press at 124,000
tph using 13/32 inch standard round, concave (embossed) tooling.
[0857] 8. Step 7 tablets were loaded into a 48 inch Accela-Coat
coating pan at a load of 91.440 kg (Example 25.1), 96.307 kg
(Example 25.2), 95.568 kg (Example 25.3) and 98.924 kg (Example
25.4). [0858] 9. The pan speed was set at 6 to 10 rpm and the
tablet bed was warmed using an exhaust air temperature to target a
55.degree. C. inlet temperature. Film coating was started once the
exhaust temperature approached 40.degree. C. and continued for 10,
15 or 16 minutes. This initial film coat was performed to provide
an "overcoat" for the tablets to function as an anti-tacking agent
during the curing process. [0859] 10. After completion of the
"overcoat", the tablet bed was heated by setting the exhaust air
temperature to achieve a target inlet air temperature of 75.degree.
C. (Example 25.1 and 25.3) or to achieve a target exhaust
temperature of 78.degree. C. (Example 25.2 and 25.4). The tablets
were cured at the target temperature for 65 minutes (Example 25.1),
52 minutes (Example 25.2), 80 minutes (Example 25.3) and 55 minutes
(Example 25.4). For Example 25.1 and 25.3, the curing starting
point (as described by method 1) was initiated once the inlet
temperature reached the target inlet temperature. For Example 25.2
and 25.4, the curing starting point (as described by method 2) was
initiated once the exhaust temperature reached the target exhaust
temperature. The temperature profile of the curing processes of
Examples 25.1 to 25.4 is presented in Tables 25.1.1 to 25.4.1.
[0860] 11. During the curing process, the pan speed was increased
from 7 to 9 rpm (Example 25.1 and 25.3) and from 10 to 12 rpm
(Example 25.2 and 25.4). For examples 25.1 to 25.4, 20 g of
magnesium stearate was added as an anti-tacking agent. The tablet
bed was cooled by setting the exhaust temperature setting to
30.degree. C. [0861] 12. After cooling, the tablet bed was warmed
using an inlet setting of 53.degree. C. The film coating was
started once the exhaust temperature achieved approximately
39.degree. C. and continued until the target weight gain of 4% was
achieved. [0862] 13. After film coating was completed, the tablet
bed was cooled by setting the exhaust temperature to 27.degree. C.
The tablet bed was cooled to an exhaust temperature of 30.degree.
C. or less was achieved. [0863] 14. The tablets were
discharged.
[0864] In vitro testing including breaking strength tests was
performed as follows.
[0865] Cured and coated tablets were tested in vitro using USP
Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 nil simulated gastric fluid
without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C. Samples were analyzed by
reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on
Waters Atlantis dC18 3.0.times.150 mm, 3 .mu.m column, using a
mobile phase consisting of a mixture of acetonitrile and non basic
potassium phosphate buffer (pH 3.0) at 230 nm UV detection. Sample
time points include 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0 and 12.0 hours.
[0866] Uncured tablets were subjected to a breaking strength test
by applying a force of a maximum of 196 Newton using a Schleuniger
2E/106 apparatus to evaluate tablet resistance to breaking.
[0867] The results are presented in Tables 25.1.2 to 25.4.2
TABLE-US-00112 TABLE 25.1.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 25.1 Set Actual Total Curing Inlet exhaust exhaust
Pan time time temp. temp. temp. speed (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree.
C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.3 (rpm) Comments 0 -- 52
60 41 7 5 0 75 60 59 7 Start curing 15 10 81 65 66 7 25 20 85 68 70
7 35 30 73 71 70 9 45 40 75 72 72 9 55 50 75 72 72 9 65 60 74 72 72
9 70 65 75 72 72 9 End curing, add 20 g Mg St 71 -- 74 30 72 9
Start cooling 81 -- 32 30 52 9 91 -- 24 30 36 9 94 -- 23 30 30 9
End cooling .sup.1determined according to method 1,
.sup.2temperature measured at the inlet, .sup.3temperature measured
at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00113 TABLE 25.1.2 Example 25.1 Uncured cured, coated
Tablet Weight (mg) 401 -- Dimensions (n = 120) Breaking 112 --
strength (N) (n = 50)
TABLE-US-00114 TABLE 25.2.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 25.2 Set Actual Total Curing Inlet exhaust exhaust
Pan time time temp. temp. temp. speed (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree.
C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.3 (rpm) Comments 0 -- 69
65 46 10 3 -- 75 65 53 10 13 -- 85 70 65 10 23 -- 90 75 69 10 33 0
90 77 77 10 Start curing 43 10 78 77 75 10 53 20 79 77 77 10 63 30
81 77 77 10 73 40 80 77 77 12 83 50 79 77 77 12 85 52 80 77 77 12
End curing, add 20 g Mg St 86 -- 80 30 77 12 Start cooling 96 -- 37
30 54 12 106 -- 29 25 47 12 116 -- 24 25 30 12 End cooling
.sup.1determined according to method 2, .sup.2temperature measured
at the inlet, .sup.3temperature measured at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00115 TABLE 25.2.2 Example 25.2 cured, coated cured,
coated Uncured Initial data 2.sup.nd test data Tablet Weight (mg)
400 -- -- Dimensions (n = 120) Breaking 103 -- -- strength (N) (n =
40) n = 6 n = 6 Dissolution 1 hr -- 23 24 (% Released) 2 hr -- 39
43 SGF 4 hr -- 62 70 6 hr -- 79 88 8 hr -- 90 99 12 hr -- 97
103
TABLE-US-00116 TABLE 25.3.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 25.3 Set Actual Total Curing Inlet exhaust exhaust
Pan time time temp. temp. temp. speed (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree.
C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.3 (rpm) Comments 0 -- 55
65 39 7 5 0 75 65 58 7 Start curing 15 10 82 66 66 7 25 20 86 68 70
7 35 30 76 72 72 7 45 40 75 72 72 7 55 50 75 72 72 7 65 60 75 72 72
9 75 70 74 72 72 9 85 80 74 72 72 9 End curing, add 20 g Mg St 86
-- 75 30 72 9 Start cooling 96 -- 33 30 53 9 106 -- 26 30 39 9 112
-- 23 30 30 9 End cooling .sup.1determined according to method 1,
.sup.2temperature measured at the inlet, .sup.3temperature measured
at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00117 TABLE 25.3.2 Example 25.3 cured, coated cured,
coated Uncured Initial data 2.sup.nd test data Tablet Weight (mg)
400 -- -- Dimensions (n = 120) Thickness (mm) -- -- -- Diameter
(mm) -- -- -- Breaking 111 -- -- strength (N) (n = 40)
TABLE-US-00118 TABLE 25.4.1 Temperature profile of the curing
process for Ex. 25.4 Set Actual Total Curing Inlet exhaust exhaust
Pan time time temp. temp. temp. speed (min.) (min.).sup.1 (.degree.
C.).sup.2 (.degree. C.) (.degree. C.).sup.3 (rpm) Comments 0 -- 60
70 43 10 10 -- 80 75 64 10 20 -- 85 75 69 10 30 -- 88 76 74 10 33 0
88 78 78 10 Start curing 43 10 75 78 76 12 53 20 84 78 79 12 63 30
82 78 78 12 73 40 79 78 78 12 83 50 82 78 78 12 88 55 80 78 78 12
End curing, add 20 g Mg St 89 -- 79 30 78 12 Start cooling 99 -- 38
25 54 12 109 -- 26 25 45 12 113 -- 23 25 34 12 End cooling
.sup.1determined according to method 2, .sup.2temperature measured
at the inlet, .sup.3temperature measured at the exhaust.
TABLE-US-00119 TABLE 25.4.2 Example 25.4 cured, coated cured,
coated Uncured Initial data 2.sup.nd test data Tablet Weight (mg)
400 -- -- Dimensions (n = 120) Thickness (mm) -- -- -- Diameter
(mm) -- -- -- Breaking 101 -- -- strength (N) (n = 40) n = 6 n = 6
Dissolution 1 hr -- 25 29 (% Released) 2 hr -- 42 47 SGF 4 hr -- 66
73 6 hr -- 84 91 8 hr -- 96 99 12 hr -- 100 101
TABLE-US-00120 TABLE 25.5 Density (g/cm.sup.3).sup.1 Density 30 min
60 min change after Uncured cure cure curing (%).sup.2 Example 25.1
1.205 1.153 1.138 -5.560 Example 25.3 1.207 1.158 1.156 -4.225
.sup.1The density was measured as described for Example 13. The
density value is a mean value of 3 tablets measured; .sup.2The
density change after curing corresponds to the observed density
change in % of the tablets cured for 60 min in comparison to the
uncured tablets.
Example 26
[0868] In Example 26, a randomized, open-label, single-dose,
four-treatment, four-period, four-way crossover study in healthy
human subjects was conducted to assess the pharmacokinetic
characteristics and relative bioavailability of three oxycodone
tamper resistant formulations (10 mg oxycodone HCl tablets of
Examples 7.1 to 7.3 relative to the commercial OxyContin.RTM.
formulation (10 mg), in the fasted and fed state.
[0869] The study treatments were as follows:
Test Treatments:
[0870] Treatment 1A: 1.times. Oxycodone HC110 mg Tablet of Example
7.3 (Formulation 1A) administered in the fasted or fed state.
[0871] Treatment 1B: 1.times. Oxycodone HC110 mg Tablet of Example
7.2 (Formulation 1B) administered in the fasted or fed state.
[0872] Treatment 1C: 1.times. Oxycodone HCl 10 mg Tablet of Example
7.1 (Formulation 1C) administered in the fasted or fed state.
Reference Treatment:
[0872] [0873] Treatment OC: 1.times. OxyContin.RTM. 10 mg tablet
administered in the fasted or fed state.
[0874] The treatments were each administered orally with 8 oz. (240
mL) water as a single dose in the fasted or fed state.
[0875] As this study was conducted in healthy human subjects, the
opioid antagonist naltrexone hydrochloride was administered to
minimize opioid-related adverse events.
Subject Selection
Screening Procedures
[0876] The following screening procedures were performed for all
potential subjects at a screening visit conducted within 28 days
prior to first dose administration: [0877] Informed consent. [0878]
Weight, height, body mass index (BMI), and demographic data. [0879]
Evaluation of inclusion/exclusion criteria. [0880] Medical and
medication history, including concomitant medication. [0881] Vital
signs--blood pressure, respiratory rate, oral temperature, and
pulse rate (after being seated for approximately 5 minutes) and
blood pressure and pulse rate after standing for approximately 2
minutes--and pulse oximetry (SPO.sub.2), including "How do you
feel?" Inquiry. [0882] Routine physical examination (may
alternately be performed at Check-in of Period 1). [0883] Clinical
laboratory evaluations (including biochemistry, hematology, and
urinalysis [UA]). 12-lead electrocardiogram (ECG). [0884] Screens
for hepatitis (including hepatitis B surface antigen [HBsAg],
hepatitis B surface antibody [HBsAb], hepatitis C antibody
[anti-HCV]), and selected drugs of abuse. [0885] Serum pregnancy
test (female subjects only). [0886] Serum follicle stimulating
hormone (FSH) test (postmenopausal females only)
Inclusion Criteria
[0887] Subjects who met the following criteria were included in the
study. [0888] Males and females aged 18 to 50, inclusive. [0889]
Body weight ranging from 50 to 100 kg (110 to 220 lbs) and a BMI
.gtoreq.18 and .ltoreq.34 (kg/m.sup.2). [0890] Healthy and free of
significant abnormal findings as determined by medical history,
physical examination, vital signs, and ECG. [0891] Females of
child-bearing potential must be using an adequate and reliable
method of contraception (e.g., barrier with additional spermicide
foam or jelly, intra-uterine device, hormonal contraception
(hormonal contraceptives alone are not acceptable). Females who are
postmenopausal must have been postmenopausal .gtoreq.1 year and
have elevated serum FSH. [0892] Willing to eat all the food
supplied during the study.
Exclusion Criteria
[0893] The following criteria excluded potential subjects from the
study. [0894] Females who are pregnant (positive beta human
chorionic gonadotropin test) or lactating. [0895] Any history of or
current drug or alcohol abuse for 5 years. [0896] History of or any
current conditions that might interfere with drug absorption,
distribution, metabolism or excretion. [0897] Use of an
opioid-containing medication in the past 30 days. [0898] History of
known sensitivity to oxycodone, naltrexone, or related compounds.
[0899] Any history of frequent nausea or emesis regardless of
etiology. [0900] Any history of seizures or head trauma with
current sequelae. [0901] Participation in a clinical drug study
during the 30 days preceding the initial dose in this study. [0902]
Any significant illness during the 30 days preceding the initial
dose in this study. [0903] Use of any medication including thyroid
hormone replacement therapy (hormonal contraception is allowed),
vitamins, herbal, and/or mineral supplements, during the 7 days
preceding the initial dose. [0904] Refusal to abstain from food for
10 hours preceding and 4 hours following administration of the
study drugs and to abstain from caffeine or xanthine entirely
during each confinement. [0905] Consumption of alcoholic beverages
within forty-eight (48) hours of initial study drug administration
(Day 1) or anytime following initial study drug administration.
[0906] History of smoking or use of nicotine products within 45
days of study drug administration or a positive urine cotinine
test. [0907] Blood or blood products donated within 30 days prior
to administration of the study drugs or anytime during the study,
except as required by this protocol. [0908] Positive results for
urine drug screen, alcohol screen at Check-in of each period, and
HBsAg, HBsAb (unless immunized), anti-HCV. [0909] Positive Naloxone
HCl challenge test. [0910] Presence of Gilbert's Syndrome or any
known hepatobiliary abnormalities. [0911] The Investigator believes
the subject to be unsuitable for reason(s) not specifically stated
in the exclusion criteria.
[0912] Subjects meeting all the inclusion criteria and none of the
exclusion criteria were randomized into the study. It was
anticipated that approximately 34 subjects would be randomized,
with 30 subjects targeted to complete the study. Any subject who
discontinued could be replaced.
[0913] Subjects were assigned by the random allocation schedule
(RAS) in a 2:1 ratio to fasted or fed state, with twenty subjects
to be randomized to a fasted state and 10 subjects to be randomized
to a fed state.
Check-in Procedures
[0914] On Day -1 of Period 1, subjects were admitted to the study
unit and received a Naloxone HCl challenge test. The results of the
test had to be negative for subjects to continue in the study.
Vital signs and SPO.sub.2 were measured prior to and following the
Naloxone HCl.
[0915] The following procedures were also performed for all
subjects at Check-in for each period: [0916] Verification of
inclusion/exclusion criteria, including verification of willingness
to comply with caffeine or xanthine restriction criteria. [0917]
Routine physical examination at Check-in of Period 1 only (if not
performed at Screening). [0918] Vital signs-blood pressure,
respiratory rate, and pulse rate (after being seated for
approximately 5 minutes) and SPO.sub.2, including How Do You Feel?
Inquiry. [0919] Screen for alcohol (via breathalyzer test),
cotinine, and selected drugs of abuse. [0920] Urine pregnancy test
(for all female subjects). [0921] Verification of medication and
medical history. [0922] Concomitant medication monitoring and
recording. [0923] Adverse Event monitoring and recording.
[0924] For subjects to continue their participation in the study,
the results of the drug screen (including alcohol and cotinine) had
to be available and negative prior to dosing. In addition,
continued compliance with concomitant medication and other
restrictions were verified at Check-in and throughout the study in
the appropriate source documentation.
[0925] Prior to the first dose in Period 1, subjects were
randomized to a treatment sequence in which test and reference
treatments are received in a specified order. The treatment
sequence according to the random allocation schedule (RAS) was
prepared by a biostatistician who was not involved in the
evaluation of the results of the study. Randomization was used in
this study to enhance the validity of statistical comparisons
across treatments.
[0926] The treatment sequences for this study are presented in
Table 26.1:
TABLE-US-00121 TABLE 26.1 Period 1 Period 2 Period 3 Period 4
Sequence Treatment 1 OC 1C 1A 1B 2 1A OC 1B 1C 3 1B 1A 1C OC 4 1C
1B OC 1A
Study Procedures
[0927] The study included four study periods, each with a single
dose administration. There was a washout period of seven days
between dose administrations in each study period. During each
period, subjects were confined to the study site from the day prior
to administration of the study drugs through 48 hours following
administration of the study drugs, and returned to the study site
for 72-hour procedures.
[0928] At each study period, the subjects were administered one of
the test oxycodone formulations (10 mg) or OxyContin.RTM. 10 mg
tablets (OC) with 240 mL of water, following a 10 hour overnight
fast (for fasted treatments). Subjects receiving fasted treatments
continued fasting from food for 4 hours following dosing. Subjects
receiving fed treatments started the standard meal (FDA high-fat
breakfast) 30 minutes prior to administration of the drug. Subjects
were dosed 30 minutes after start of the meal and no food was
allowed for at least 4 hours post-dose.
[0929] Subjects received naltrexone HC150 mg tablets at -12, 0, 12,
24, and 36 hours relative to each test formulation or
OxyContin.RTM. dosing.
[0930] Subjects were standing or in an upright sitting position
while receiving their dose of study medication. Subjects remained
in an upright position for a minimum of 4 hours.
[0931] Clinical laboratory sampling was preceded by a fast (i.e. at
least 10 hours) from food (not including water). Fasting was not
required for non-dosing study days.
[0932] During the study, adverse events and concomitant medications
were recorded, and vital signs (including blood pressure, body
temperature, pulse rate, and respiration rate) and SPO.sub.2 were
monitored.
[0933] Blood samples for determining oxycodone plasma
concentrations were obtained for each subject at predose and at
0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 24, 28, 32,
36, 48, and 72 hours postdose for each period.
[0934] For each sample, 6 mL of venous blood were drawn via an
indwelling catheter and/or direct venipuncture into tubes
containing K.sub.2EDTA anticoagulant (6 mL-draw K.sub.2EDTA
Vacutainer.RTM. evacuated collection tubes). Plasma concentrations
of oxycodone were quantified by a validated liquid chromatography
tandem mass spectrometric method.
Study Completion Procedures
[0935] The following procedures were performed in the clinic for
all subjects at End of Study (Study Completion) or upon
discontinuation from the study: [0936] Concomitant medication
evaluation. [0937] Vital signs and SPO.sub.2, including How Do You
Feel? inquiry. [0938] Physical examination. [0939] 12-Lead ECG.
[0940] Clinical laboratory evaluations (including biochemistry
[fasted at least 10 hours], hematology, and urinalysis). [0941]
Adverse event evaluations. [0942] Serum pregnancy test (for female
subjects only).
[0943] The results of this study are shown in Tables 26.2 to
26.5.
TABLE-US-00122 TABLE 26.2 Mean plasma pharmacokinetic metrics data
Treatments 1A, 1B, 1C and OC (fed state) C.sub.max t.sub.max
AUC.sub.t AUC.sub.inf t.sub.1/2z .lamda..sub.z t.sub.lag (ng/mL)
(hr) (ng hr/mL) (ng hr/mL) (hr) (1/hr) (hr) Treatment 1A-fed N 12
12 12 11 12 12 12 MEAN 11.3 5.08 122 134 4.22 0.170 0.0833 SD 5.54
2.46 55.3 42.5 0.884 0.0292 0.195 MIN 0.372 1.00 1.13 86.2 3.34
0.114 0 MEDIAN 10.7 5.00 120 121 3.94 0.177 0 MAX 20.5 10.0 221 223
6.10 0.207 0.500 GEOMEAN 8.63 NA 85.8 128 NA NA NA Treatment 1B-fed
N 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 MEAN 14.2 5.25 133 134 4.37 0.164 0.0833 SD
3.36 1.48 40.2 40.3 0.947 0.0283 0.195 MIN 8.11 3.00 63.7 64.5 3.28
0.0990 0 MEDIAN 14.2 5.00 126 127 4.22 0.165 0 MAX 18.5 8.00 205
207 7.00 0.211 0.500 GEOMEAN 13.8 NA 127 128 NA NA NA Treatment
1C-fed N 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 MEAN 17.1 4.21 138 139 4.41 0.162
0.0417 SD 4.66 1.21 42.9 42.9 0.843 0.0263 0.144 MIN 11.6 1.50 91.4
92.5 3.43 0.107 0 MEDIAN 16.5 4.50 122 123 4.03 0.173 0 MAX 27.9
6.00 218 219 6.49 0.202 0.500 GEOMEAN 16.5 NA 133 134 NA NA NA
Treatment OC-fed N 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 MEAN 13.2 3.17 142 143 4.83
0.146 0 SD 3.20 1.85 39.3 39.5 0.702 0.0189 0 MIN 8.85 1.00 95.2
95.9 3.93 0.105 0 MEDIAN 12.3 2.25 124 125 4.76 0.146 0 MAX 18.1
6.00 218 219 6.59 0.176 0 GEOMEAN 12.8 NA 137 138 NA NA NA NA = not
applicable.
TABLE-US-00123 TABLE 26.3 Mean plasma pharmacokinetic metrics data
Treatments 1A, 1B, 1C and OC (fasted state) C.sub.max t.sub.max
AUC.sub.t AUC.sub.inf t.sub.1/2z .lamda..sub.z t.sub.lag (ng/mL)
(hr) (ng hr/mL) (ng hr/mL) (hr) (1/hr) (hr) Treatment 1A-fasted N
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 MEAN 8.84 4.60 109 111 4.66 0.156 0.0250 SD
2.25 1.90 20.1 20.3 1.26 0.0279 0.112 MIN 4.85 2.00 69.0 69.8 3.56
0.0752 0 MEDIAN 8.53 5.00 114 114 4.29 0.162 0 MAX 13.2 10.0 138
139 9.22 0.195 0.500 GEOMEAN 8.56 NA 108 109 NA NA NA Treatment
1B-fasted N 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 MEAN 9.97 4.58 115 116 4.67 0.156
0 SD 1.82 1.18 23.8 23.8 1.24 0.0309 0 MIN 6.90 2.00 75.2 76.3 3.53
0.0878 0 MEDIAN 10.0 5.00 121 122 4.35 0.159 0 MAX 14.1 6.00 152
153 7.90 0.197 0 GEOMEAN 9.81 NA 113 114 NA NA NA Treatment
1C-fasted N 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 MEAN 13.6 3.75 110 111 4.18 0.169
0.0227 SD 3.79 1.38 18.5 18.5 0.594 0.0256 0.107 MIN 8.64 1.00 70.6
71.1 2.92 0.135 0 MEDIAN 12.9 3.75 112 113 4.13 0.169 0 MAX 23.7
6.00 142 143 5.14 0.237 0.500 GEOMEAN 13.2 NA 108 109 NA NA NA
Treatment OC-fasted N 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 MEAN 9.73 2.82 114 115
4.82 0.154 0 SD 1.67 0.960 26.0 26.2 1.41 0.0379 0 MIN 7.38 1.00
76.3 77.8 3.11 0.0839 0 MEDIAN 9.57 3.00 112 112 4.37 0.159 0 MAX
13.2 5.00 181 183 8.27 0.223 0 GEOMEAN 9.60 NA 112 113 NA NA NA NA
= not applicable.
TABLE-US-00124 TABLE 26.4 Statistical Results of Oxycodone
Pharmacokinetic Metrics: Bioavailability Example 7.1 to 7.3 Tablets
Relative to OxyContin .RTM. 10 mg in the Fed State (Population:
Full Analysis) Cmax AUCt LS Mean LS Mean Comparison Ratio 90% Ratio
90% (Test vs. (test/ Confidence (test/ Confidence Ref)
reference).sup.a Interval.sup.b reference).sup.a Interval.sup.b 1A
vs. OC 67.5 [47.84, 95.16] 62.6 [39.30, 99.83] 1B vs. OC 108.0
[76.59, 152.33] 92.9 [58.31, 148.14] 1C vs. OC 129.0 [91.54,
182.07] 97.0 [60.83, 154.52] .sup.aLeast squares mean from ANOVA.
Natural log (ln) metric means calculated by transforming the ln
means back to the linear scale, i.e., geometric means; Ratio of
metric means for ln-transformed metric (expressed as a percent).
Ln-transformed ratio transformed back to linear scale (test =
Treatment 1A, 1B, 1C; reference = Treatment OC); .sup.b90%
confidence interval for ratio of metric means (expressed as a
percent). Ln-transformed confidence limits transformed back to
linear scale.
TABLE-US-00125 TABLE 26.5 Statistical Results of Oxycodone
Pharmacokinetic Metrics: Bioavailability Example 7.1 to 7.3 Tablets
Relative to OxyContin .RTM. 10 mg in the Fasted State (Population:
Full Analysis) Cmax AUCt LS Mean LS Mean Comparison Ratio 90% Ratio
90% (Test vs. (test/ Confidence (test/ Confidence Ref)
reference).sup.a Interval.sup.b reference).sup.a Interval.sup.b 1A
vs. OC 89.5 [82.76, 96.89] 97.0 [92.26, 102.79] 1B vs. OC 99.0
[91.33, 107.30] 101.0 [95.42, 106.57] 1C vs. OC 133.0 [123.23,
143.86] 96.4 [91.43, 101.68] .sup.aLeast squares mean from ANOVA.
Natural log (ln) metric means calculated by transforming the ln
means back to the linear scale, i.e., geometric means; Ratio of
metric means for ln-transformed metric (expressed as a percent).
Ln-transformed ratio transformed back to linear scale (test =
Treatment 1A, 1B, 1C; reference = Treatment OC); .sup.b90%
confidence interval for ratio of metric means (expressed as a
percent). Ln-transformed confidence limits transformed back to
linear scale.
Example 27
[0944] In Example 27, oxycodone HCl tablets of Example 7.2, and
Example 14.2 to 14.5 containing 10, 15, 20, 30, and 40 mg oxycodone
HCl respectively were subjected to a variety of tamper resistance
testing, using mechanical force and chemical extraction to evaluate
their resistance to physical and chemical manipulation.
[0945] Test results are compared to control data, defined as
percent Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient (API) released for intact
tablets after in vitro dissolution in Simulated Gastric Fluid
without enzyme (SGF) for 45 minutes. This comparator was chosen as
a reference point to approximate the amount of API present in the
body (after 45 min) when the product is taken as directed.
Available results for the current marketed formulation,
OxyContin.TM., are presented for comparison as well.
[0946] Five different strength tablets (10, 15, 20, 30 and 40 mg
oxycodone HCl, corresponding to Example 7.2, and Examples 14.2 to
14.5) were manufactured. All tablet strengths are about the same
size and weight, therefore all testing was performed on the
bracketing tablet strengths with the lowest API to excipient ratio
(10 mg, Example 7.2) and the highest API to excipient ratio (40 mg,
Example 14.5). In addition, level 1 testing was performed on the
intermediate tablet strengths (15, 20 and 30 mg, Examples 14.2,
14.3 and 14.4) to assess the resistance to physical manipulation,
and subsequent chemical extraction, when using a mortar and pestle.
Further testing was not performed on these tablets as higher levels
of testing employ a coffee mill which resulted in similar particle
size distributions and similar amount of extracted API for the
milled bracketing tablets (Example 7.2 and 14.5).
[0947] The experimental techniques used for this testing were
designed to provide procedures for simulating and evaluating common
methods of abuse. Four levels of tamper resistance were broadly
defined to provide an approximation of the relative level of tamper
resistance. Several approaches to tampering were considered; these
include mechanical force (applied to damage the drug product),
availability and toxicity of extraction solvents, length of
extraction, and thermal treatment. Each higher level of tamper
resistance represents an increase in the degree of difficulty
necessary to successfully tamper with a drug product. The
definitions of levels of tamper resistance, including examples of
equipment and reagents, are presented in Table 27.1.
TABLE-US-00126 TABLE 27.1 Definitions and Examples of Testing
Degree Of Level Definition Difficulty Equipment Examples Reagent
Examples 0 Able to be directly abused Negligible N/A None without
preparation 1 Readily abused through a Minimal Crushing tool water,
variety of means without reagent (hammer, shoe, distilled spirits
or with an easily obtainable reagent pill crusher, etc) (vodka,
gin, etc), Reagents are directly ingestible vinegar, and extraction
time is shorter baking soda, cooking oil 2 Readily abused with
additional Moderate Tools for IV 100% ethanol (grain preparation
requiring some planning preparation, alcohol, Everclear) Reagents
are directly ingestible, milling tool strong acidic and although
more harmful, (coffee mill, basic solutions extraction time is
shorter, and blender), thermal treatment is applied microwave oven
3 Preparation for abuse requires Substantial Impact mill In
addition to knowledge of drug chemistry, (e.g., Fitzmill)
previously listed includes less readily available solvents:
reagents, may require industrial methanol, tools, involves complex
ether, processes (e.g., two-phase isopropanol, extraction) acetone,
Some reagents are harmful and ethyl acetate not directly
ingestible, extraction time and temperature are increased
Testing Results
Control Data ("Taken as Directed") and Specification Limits
[0948] Dissolution testing on intact Example 7.2, and Example 14.2
to 14.5 tablets was performed in vitro using USP Apparatus 1
(basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid without
enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C. Samples were taken at 45 minutes of
dissolution and analyzed by reversed-phase high performance liquid
chromatography (HPLC). The average results of a triplicate analysis
are reported in Table 27.2 and compared to equivalent data for
OxyContin.TM. 10 mg tablets.
TABLE-US-00127 TABLE 27.2 Control Results - % API Released at 45
minutes % oxycodone HCl.sup.1 released at 45 minutes Oxy- Ex. Ex.
Ex. Ex. Ex. Sample Contin .TM. 7.2 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 Preparation
10 mg (10 mg) (15 mg) (20 mg) (30 mg) (40 mg) None (intact 34 19 20
20 18 19 tablets) .sup.1relative to label claim
[0949] In addition, Table 27.3 contains the one hour dissolution
specification limits for each of the tablets studied. This
illustrates the range of acceptable drug release at one hour for
all formulations tested in this study. It should be noted that the
upper acceptable limit for one hour in vitro release of oxycodone
HCl from OxyContin 10 mg tablets is 49%.
TABLE-US-00128 TABLE 27.3 Dissolution (% Released) Specification
Limits Product 1 Hr Specification Limit Example 7.2 15-35 Example
14.2 15-35 Example 14.3 15-35 Example 14.4 15-35 Example 14.5 15-35
OxyContin .TM. 10 mg 29-49
Level 1 Testing
[0950] Level one testing included crushing with a mortar and pestle
and simple extraction.
Level 1 Results--Crushing
[0951] After crushing in a mortar and pestle, in vitro dissolution
testing was performed in triplicate for each product using USP
Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in 900 ml simulated gastric fluid
without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree. C., as described above for
control data. Example 7.2 tablets were not able to be crushed using
a mortar and pestle and therefore release of the API was not
significantly increased as compared to the control results.
Although difficult, tablets of Examples 14.2 to 14.5 (15, 20, 30
and 40 mg tablets) could be broken into large pieces using a mortar
and pestle producing little to no powder. This reduction in
particle size resulted in higher release of the API; however, the
swelling of the tablet matrix, when dissolved in SGF, provides
protection against dose dumping as less than half of the API was
released after 45 minutes. The OxyContin.TM. tablets were easily
reduced to a powder using a mortar and pestle resulting in release
of most of the API. FIG. 40 contains representative images of
crushed tablets. Table 27.4 contains the average results for
percent API released after crushing.
TABLE-US-00129 TABLE 27.4 Crushing Results - % API Released at 45
Minutes % oxycodone HCl.sup.1 released at 45 min. Oxy- Ex. Ex. Ex.
Ex. Ex. Sample Contin .TM. 7.2 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 Preparation 10
mg (10 mg) (15 mg) (20 mg) (30 mg) (40 mg) Crushed 92 20 41 44 42
43 tablets Control - 34 19 20 20 18 19 intact tablets (45 min
release) .sup.1relative to label claim
[0952] Additionally, Example 14.5 tablets could not be crushed
between two spoons demonstrating that additional tools would need
to be employed to crush the tablets. Conversely, the OxyContin.TM.
tablets were easily crushed between two spoons.
Level 1 Results--Simple Extraction
[0953] Example 7.2, and Example 14.2 to 14.5 tablets were crushed
in a mortar and pestle and vigorously shaken on a wrist-action
shaker, over a 10.degree. angle, for 15 minutes in various solvents
at room temperature. As previously stated, Example 7.2 tablets were
unaffected by crushing in a mortar and pestle and therefore
extraction amounts were not increased. Example 14.2 to 14.5 tablets
were crushed using a mortar and pestle before extraction. Due to
the swelling of the tablet matrix in the solvents tested, the
crushed tablets remained resistant to comprehensive dose dumping,
whereas the OxyContin.TM. tablets released nearly all of the API.
Table 27.5 contains the average amount of API released in each
solvent.
TABLE-US-00130 TABLE 27.5 Simple Extraction Results - % API
Released at 15 Minutes Crushed % oxycodone HCl.sup.1 released
Tablets in Oxy- Ex. Ex. Ex. Ex. Ex. Extraction Contin .TM. 7.2 14.2
14.3 14.4 14.5 Solvent (10 mg) (10 mg) (15 mg) (20 mg) (30 mg) (40
mg) Water 92 8 32 30 28 51 40% EtOH 101 5 24 18 22 40 (v/v) Vinegar
102 11 28 35 41 54 Cooking Oil 79 0 2 1 2 6 0.026M 95 6 26 25 29 50
Baking Soda Solution Control - 34 19 20 20 18 19 intact tablets (45
min release) .sup.1relative to label claim
Level 2 Testing
[0954] Level two testing included milling, simulated intravenous
(IV) preparation, thermal treatment and extraction.
Level 2 Results--Milling
[0955] Example 7.2 and Example 14.5 tablets were ground in a
Cuisanart.RTM. coffee mill with stainless steel blades (model
DCG-12BC) for 1 minute. The energy output of the coffee mill (1
minute) was determined to be 10.5 kJ. In triplicate, material
equivalent to one dosage unit was removed and analyzed by
dissolution testing using USP Apparatus 1 (basket) at 100 rpm in
900 nil simulated gastric fluid without enzymes (SGF) at 37.degree.
C., as described above for the control data. After one minute,
Example 7.2 and Example 14.5 tablets were milled to similar
particle size distributions resulting in both tablet strengths
releasing approximately half of the API. The OxyContin.TM. tablets
were milled into a mixture of larger pieces and some powder
resulting in nearly complete release of the API. Table 27.6
contains the average amount of API released from the milled
tablets. As previously mentioned, the ground Example 7.2 and 14.5
tablets swell and become gelatinous. This phenomenon provides
protection against dose dumping. FIG. 41 contains representative
images of milled tablets before and after dissolution.
TABLE-US-00131 TABLE 27.6 Milling Results - % API Released at 45
Minutes % oxycodone HCl.sup.1 released OxyContin Ex. 7.2 Ex. 14.5
Sample Preparation (10 mg) (10 mg) (40 mg) Milled tablets 93 47 52
Control - intact tablets 34 19 19 (45 min release) .sup.1relative
to label claim
Relative In Vitro Dissolution Rate
[0956] To assess the relative rate of release of the API,
dissolution samples were collected every five minutes from t=0 to
t=40 minutes for milled Ex 7.2 tablets (coffee mill) and crushed
OxyContin.TM. 10 mg tablets (mortar and pestle). The OxyContin.TM.
tablet is more easily and effectively crushed using a mortar and
pestle. Although approximately half of the API is released from
milled Example 7.2 tablets over 45 minutes, it is released at a
gradual rate that is characteristic of a controlled released
product. Dose dumping is not observed. Conversely, dissolution of
milled OxyContin.TM. tablets results in complete dose dumping
within 10 minutes. This is illustrated in FIG. 42.
Particle Size Distribution of Milled Tablets
[0957] Milled Example 7.2 and 14.5 tablets (coffee mill) and
crushed OxyContin.TM. 10 mg tablets (mortar and pestle) were
analyzed by sieving to evaluate the particle size distribution of
the milled material. The tablets were sieved for 12 minutes using
vibration. The sieves used and the corresponding mesh sizes are
presented in Table 27.7. As shown in the particle size distribution
graphs in FIG. 43, 70-80% of the milled Example 7.2 and 14.5
tablets are larger than 600 .mu.m. The large particle size of the
milled material is likely disagreeable to snorting. OxyContin.TM.
10 mg resulted in a much smaller particle size distribution.
TABLE-US-00132 TABLE 27.7 Sieve Sizes and Corresponding Mesh Size
Sieve Number Mesh Size (.mu.m) 30 600 40 425 60 250 80 180 120 125
200 75 325 45
Level 2 Results--Simulated Intravenous Preparation
[0958] Example 7.2 and 14.5 tablets were milled in the coffee mill
(as described above) and placed onto a spoon. The OxyContin.TM. 10
mg tablets were crushed between two spoons. Two milliliters of
water were added to each spoon to extract or dissolve the drug
product. The milled Example 7.2 and 14.5 tablets became viscous
after the water was added which resulted in a small amount (<0.3
nil) of the liquid being able to be drawn into an insulin syringe
and analyzed for API content. Very little API was recovered.
Approximately one milliliter containing half of the API was
recovered for the crushed OxyContin 10 mg tablets. Table 27.8
contains the simulated intravenous preparation results.
TABLE-US-00133 TABLE 27.8 Simulated IV Results - % API Released %
oxycodone HCl.sup.1 released OxyContin .TM. Ex. 7.2 Ex. 14.5 Sample
Preparation (10 mg) (10 mg) (40 mg) Simulated IV prep 49 1 4
Control - intact tablets 34 19 19 (45 min release) .sup.1relative
to label claim
Level 2 Results--Thermal Treatment
[0959] Thermal treatment was attempted in the microwave; however,
testing was unsuccessful in small volumes of water. The milled
Example 7.2 and 14.5 tablet material could not be contained in
10-20 ml of boiling water therefore the amount of water was
increased to 100 ml. After 3 minutes at high power in an 800 Watt
microwave oven (GE Model JE835), the remaining liquid was analyzed
for API content. Additionally, extraction in a small amount of
boiling water was assessed by adding 10 ml of boiling water to a
vial containing a milled tablet. The vial was vigorously shaken for
15 minutes. As shown in Table 27.9, after applying thermal
treatment the milled tablet retained controlled release properties
that prevented complete dose dumping. The microwave experiment was
not performed on crushed OxyContin tablets; however, comparison
data from the boiling water experiment is presented.
TABLE-US-00134 TABLE 27.9 Thermal Treatment Results - % API
Released % oxycodone HCl.sup.1 released OxyContin Ex. 7.2 Ex. 14.5
Sample Preparation (10 mg) (10 mg) (40 mg) Milled tablets in 100 ml
hot water N/A 44 52 (microwave 3 min) Milled tablets with 10 ml hot
water 89 58 61 (15 minutes shaken) Control - intact tablets 34 19
19 (45 min release) .sup.1relative to label claim
Level 2 Results--Extraction
[0960] Example 7.2 and 14.5 tablets were milled in a coffee mill
(as per the method described above) and subsequently shaken for 15
minutes in various solvents at room temperature. The OxyContin.TM.
tablets were crushed using a mortar and pestle. Table 27.10
contains the average amount of API released in each solvent. The
milled tablets remained resistant to comprehensive dose dumping in
a variety of solvents.
TABLE-US-00135 TABLE 27.10 Extraction Results - % API Released at
15 Minutes % oxycodone HCl.sup.1 released Milled Tablets with
OxyContin Ex. 7.2 Ex. 14.5 Extraction Solvent (10 mg) (10 mg) (40
mg) 100% EtOH 96 53 48 0.1N HCl 97 45 51 0.2N NaOH 16 27 17 Control
- intact tablets 34 19 19 (45 min release) .sup.1relative to label
claim
Level 3 Testing
[0961] Level 3 testing included extraction for 60 minutes at Room
Temperature (RT) and 50.degree. C.
Level 3 Results--Advanced Extraction (RT, 50.degree. C.)
[0962] Example 7.2 and 14.5 tablets were milled in a coffee mill
(as per the method described above) and subsequently vigorously
shaken for 60 minutes in various solvents at room temperature.
Additionally, the milled tablets were extracted in various solvents
held at 50.degree. C. for 60 minutes using a heated water bath.
Stir bars were placed in each vial to agitate the liquid. After one
hour of extraction the ground tablets retained some controlled
release properties that provided protection against complete dose
dumping. Extraction at elevated temperatures is not significantly
more effective due to the increased solubility of the tablet matrix
at higher temperatures in most of the solvents tested. In Table
27.11, amounts released for Example 7.2 and 14.5 tablets are
compared to 15 minute extraction for crushed OxyContin.TM. 10 mg
tablets.
TABLE-US-00136 TABLE 27.11 Advanced Extraction Results - % API
Released at 60 Minutes % Oxycodone.sup.1 % Oxycodone.sup.1 Milled
Released (RT) Released (50.degree. C.) Tablets with *Oxy- Ex. Ex.
*Oxy- Ex. Ex. Extraction Contin 7.2 14.5 Contin 7.2 14.5 Solvent
(10 mg) (10 mg) (40 mg) 10 mg (10 mg) (40 mg) 40% 101 55 56 N/A 61
65 Ethanol (v/v) 100% Ethanol 96 66 61 78 67 Cooking Oil 79 2 4 7 4
0.1N HCl 97 58 62 62 69 0.2N NaOH 16 38 35 41 17 70% iso- 97 48 35
49 69 propanol (v/v) Acetone 60 37 38 N/A N/A Methanol 92 71 82 72
61 Ethyl Acetate 83 25 5 39 30 Ether 78 10 2 N/A N/A Control - 34
19 19 34 19 19 intact tablets (45 min release) .sup.1relative to
label claim; *Crushed OxyContin data at 15 min for comparison.
Example 28
[0963] In Example 28, a randomized, open-label, single-center,
single-dose, two-treatment, two-period, two-way crossover study in
healthy human subjects was conducted to assess the bioequivalence
of Example 14.1 oxycodone HCl (10 mg) formulation relative to the
commercial OxyContin.RTM. formulation (10 mg) in the fed state.
[0964] The study treatments were as follows:
Test treatment: 1.times. Example 14.1 tablet (10 mg oxycodone HCl)
Reference treatment: 1.times. OxyContin.RTM. 10 mg tablet
[0965] The treatments were each administered orally with 8 oz. (240
mL) water as a single dose in the fed state.
[0966] As this study was conducted in healthy human subjects, the
opioid antagonist naltrexone hydrochloride was administered to
minimize opioid-related adverse events.
Subject Selection
[0967] Screening procedures were performed as described for Example
26.
[0968] Subjects who met the inclusion criteria as described for
Example 26 were included in the study. Potential subjects were
excluded from the study according to the exclusion criteria as
described for Example 26, except that item 11 of the exclusion
criteria for this study refers to "refusal to abstain from food for
4 hours following administration of the study drugs and to abstain
from caffeine or xanthine entirely during each confinement."
[0969] Subjects meeting all the inclusion criteria and none of the
exclusion criteria were randomized into the study. It was
anticipated that approximately 84 subjects would be randomized,
with approximately 76 subjects targeted to complete the study.
Check-in Procedures
[0970] The check-in procedures performed on day -1 of period 1 and
at check-in for each period were performed as described in Example
26. Pre-dose (Day -1, Period 1 only) laboratory samples
(hematology, biochemistry, and urinalysis) were collected after
vital signs and SPO.sub.2 had been measured following overnight
fasting (10 hours).
[0971] Prior to the first dose in Period 1, subjects were
randomized to a treatment sequence according to the random
allocation schedule (RAS) as described for Example 26. The
treatment sequences for this study are presented in Table 28.1.
TABLE-US-00137 TABLE 28.1 Period 1 Period 2 Sequence Treatment 1 1x
OxyContin .RTM. 10 mg 1x Example 14.1 2 1x Example 14.1 1x
OxyContin .RTM. 10 mg
Study Procedures
[0972] The study included two study periods, each with a single
dose administration. There was a washout period of at least six
days between dose administrations in each study period. During each
period, subjects were confined to the study site from the day prior
to administration of the study drugs through 48 hours following
administration of the study drugs, and subjects returned to the
study site for 72-hour procedures.
[0973] At each study period, following a 10 hour overnight fast,
the subjects were fed a standard meal (FDA high-fat breakfast) 30
minutes prior to administration of either Example 14.1 formulation
or OxyContin.RTM. 10 mg tablets with 240 mL of water. No food was
allowed for at least 4 hours post-dose.
[0974] Subjects received naltrexone HC125 mg tablets at -12, 0, and
12 hours relative to Example 14.1 formulation or OxyContin.RTM.
dosing.
[0975] Subjects were standing or in an upright sitting position
while receiving their dose of Example 14.1 formulation or
OxyContin.RTM.. Subjects remained in an upright position for a
minimum of 4 hours.
[0976] Fasting was not required for non-dosing study days.
[0977] During the study, adverse events and concomitant medications
were recorded, and vital signs (including blood pressure, body
temperature, pulse rate, and respiration rate) and SPO.sub.2 were
monitored.
[0978] Blood samples for determining oxycodone plasma
concentrations were obtained for each subject at predose and at
0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 24, 28,
32, 36, 48, and 72 hours postdose for each period.
[0979] For each sample, 6 mL of venous blood were drawn via an
indwelling catheter and/or direct venipuncture into tubes
containing K.sub.2EDTA anticoagulant. Plasma concentrations of
oxycodone were quantified by a validated liquid chromatography
tandem mass spectrometric method.
[0980] The study completion procedures were performed as described
for Example 26.
[0981] The results of this study are shown in Table 28.2.
TABLE-US-00138 TABLE 28.2 Statistical Results of Oxycodone
Pharmacokinetic Metrics: Bioavailability Example 14.1 Formulation
Relative to Oxy- Contin .RTM. 10 mg in the Fed State (Population:
Full Analysis) LS Mean.sup.a Test/ 90% (Refer- Refer- Confidence
Metric N (Test).sup.b N ence).sup.b ence.sup.c Interval.sup.d
C.sub.max 79 13.9 81 13.3 105 (101.06; 108.51) (ng/mL) AUC.sub.t 79
138 81 145 95.7 (93.85; 97.68) (ng*hr/mL) AUC.sub.inf 79 139 81 146
95.6 (93.73; 97.53) (ng*hr/mL) .sup.aLeast squares mean from ANOVA.
Natural log (ln) metric means calculated by transforming the ln
means back to the linear scale, i.e., geometric means. .sup.bTest =
Example 14.1 tablet; Reference = OxyContin .RTM. 10 mg tablet.
.sup.cRatio of metric means for ln-transformed metric (expressed as
a percent). Ln-transformed ratio transformed back to linear scale.
.sup.d90% confidence interval for ratio of metric means (expressed
as a percent). Ln-transformed confidence limits transformed back to
linear scale.
[0982] The results show that Example 14.1 tablets are bioequivalent
to OxyContin.RTM. 10 mg tablets in the fed state.
Example 29
[0983] In Example 29, a randomized, open-label, single-center,
single-dose, two-treatment, two-period, two-way crossover study in
healthy human subjects was conducted to assess the bioequivalence
of Example 14.1 oxycodone HCl (10 mg) formulation relative to the
commercial OxyContin.RTM. formulation (10 mg) in the fasted
state.
[0984] The study treatments were as follows:
Test treatment: 1.times. Example 14.1 tablet (10 mg oxycodone HCl)
Reference treatment: 1.times. OxyContin.RTM. 10 mg tablet
[0985] The treatments were each administered orally with 8 oz. (240
mL) water as a single dose in the fasted state.
[0986] As this study was conducted in healthy human subjects, the
opioid antagonist naltrexone hydrochloride was administered to
minimize opioid-related adverse events.
Subject Selection
[0987] Screening procedures were performed as described for Example
26.
[0988] Subjects who met the inclusion criteria as described for
Example 26 were included in the study. Potential subjects were
excluded from the study according to the exclusion criteria as
described for Example 26.
[0989] Subjects meeting all the inclusion criteria and none of the
exclusion criteria were randomized into the study. It was
anticipated that approximately 84 subjects would be randomized,
with approximately 76 subjects targeted to complete the study.
Check-in Procedures
[0990] The check-in procedures performed on day -1 of period 1 and
at check-in for each period were performed as described in Example
26. Pre-dose (Day -1, Period 1 only) laboratory samples
(hematology, biochemistry, and urinalysis) were collected after
vital signs and SPO.sub.2 had been measured following overnight
fasting (10 hours).
[0991] Prior to the first dose in Period 1, subjects were
randomized to a treatment sequence according to the random
allocation schedule (RAS) as described for Example 26. The
treatment sequences for this study are presented in Table 29.1.
TABLE-US-00139 TABLE 29.1 Period 1 Period 2 Sequence Treatment 1 1x
OxyContin .RTM. 10 mg 1x Example 14.1 2 1x Example 14.1 1x
OxyContin .RTM. 10 mg
Study Procedures
[0992] The study included two study periods, each with a single
dose administration. There was a washout period of at least six
days between dose administrations in each study period. During each
period, subjects were confined to the study site from the day prior
to administration of the study drugs through 48 hours following
administration of the study drugs, and subjects returned to the
study site for 72-hour procedures.
[0993] At each study period, the subjects were administered the
Example 14.1 formulation or OxyContin.RTM. 10 mg tablets with 240
mL of water, following a 10 hour overnight fast. Subjects continued
fasting from food for at least 4 hours post-dose.
[0994] Subjects received naltrexone HC125 mg tablets at -12, 0, and
12 hours relative to Example 14.1 formulation or OxyContin.RTM.
dosing.
[0995] Subjects were standing or in an upright sitting position
while receiving their dose of Example 14.1 formulation or
OxyContin.RTM.. Subjects remained in an upright position for a
minimum of 4 hours.
[0996] Clinical laboratory sampling (Day -1) was preceded by a fast
(i.e. at least 10 hours) from food (not including water). Fasting
was not required for non-dosing study days.
[0997] During the study, adverse events and concomitant medications
were recorded, and vital signs (including blood pressure, body
temperature, pulse rate, and respiration rate) and SPO.sub.2 were
monitored.
[0998] Blood samples for determining oxycodone plasma
concentrations were obtained for each subject at predose and at
0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 24, 28,
32, 36, 48, and 72 hours postdose for each period.
[0999] For each sample, 6 mL of venous blood were drawn via an
indwelling catheter and/or direct venipuncture into tubes
containing K.sub.2EDTA anticoagulant. Plasma concentrations of
oxycodone were quantified by a validated liquid chromatography
tandem mass spectrometric method.
[1000] The study completion procedures were performed as described
for Example 26.
[1001] The results of this study are shown in Table 29.2.
TABLE-US-00140 TABLE 29.2 Statistical Results of Oxycodone
Pharmacokinetic Metrics: Bioavailability Example 14.1 Formulation
Relative to Oxy- Contin .RTM. 10 mg in the Fasted State
(Population: Full Analysis) LS Mean.sup.a Test/ 90% (Refer- Refer-
Confidence Metric N (Test).sup.b N ence).sup.b ence.sup.c
Interval.sup.d C.sub.max 81 9.36 81 9.15 102 (99.35, 105.42)
(ng/mL) AUC.sub.t 81 107 81 109 98.3 (95.20, 101.48) (ng*hr/mL)
AUC.sub.inf 81 108 81 110 98.0 (94.94, 101.19) (ng*hr/mL)
.sup.aLeast squares mean from ANOVA. Natural log (ln) metric means
calculated by transforming the ln means back to the linear scale,
i.e., geometric means. .sup.bTest = Example 14.1 tablet; Reference
= OxyContin .RTM. 10 mg tablet. .sup.cRatio of metric means for
ln-transformed metric (expressed as a percent). Ln-transformed
ratio transformed back to linear scale. .sup.d90% confidence
interval for ratio of metric means (expressed as a percent).
Ln-transformed confidence limits transformed back to linear
scale.
[1002] The results show that Example 14.1 tablets are bioequivalent
to OxyContin.RTM. 10 mg tablets in the fasted state.
Example 30
[1003] In Example 30, a randomized, open-label, single-center,
single-dose, two-treatment, two-period, two-way crossover study in
healthy human subjects was conducted to assess the bioequivalence
of Example 14.5 oxycodone HCl (40 mg) formulation relative to the
commercial OxyContin.RTM. formulation (40 mg) in the fed state.
[1004] The study treatments were as follows:
Test treatment: 1.times. Example 14.5 tablet (40 mg oxycodone HCl)
Reference treatment: 1.times. OxyContin.RTM. 40 mg tablet
[1005] The treatments were each administered orally with 8 oz. (240
mL) water as a single dose in the fed state.
[1006] As this study was conducted in healthy human subjects, the
opioid antagonist naltrexone hydrochloride was administered to
minimize opioid-related adverse events.
Subject Selection
[1007] Screening procedures were performed as described for Example
26.
[1008] Subjects who met the inclusion criteria as described for
Example 26 were included in the study. Potential subjects were
excluded from the study according to the exclusion criteria as
described for Example 26, except that item 11 of the exclusion
criteria for this study refers to "refusal to abstain from food for
4 hours following administration of the study drugs and to abstain
from caffeine or xanthine entirely during each confinement."
[1009] Subjects meeting all the inclusion criteria and none of the
exclusion criteria were randomized into the study. It was
anticipated that approximately 84 subjects would be randomized,
with approximately 76 subjects targeted to complete the study.
Check-in Procedures
[1010] The check-in procedures performed on day -1 of period 1 and
at check-in for each period were performed as described in Example
26. Pre-dose (Day -1, Period 1 only) laboratory samples
(hematology, biochemistry, and urinalysis) were collected after
vital signs and SPO.sub.2 had been measured following fasting for a
minimum of 4 hours.
[1011] Prior to the first dose in Period 1, subjects were
randomized to a treatment sequence according to the random
allocation schedule (RAS) as described for Example 26. The
treatment sequences for this study are presented in Table 30.1.
TABLE-US-00141 TABLE 30.1 Period 1 Period 2 Sequence Treatment 1 1x
OxyContin .RTM. 40 mg 1x Example 14.5 2 1x Example 14.5 1x
OxyContin .RTM. 40 mg
Study Procedures
[1012] The study included two study periods, each with a single
dose administration. There was a washout period of at least six
days between dose administrations in each study period. During each
period, subjects were confined to the study site from the day prior
to administration of the study drugs through 48 hours following
administration of the study drugs, and subjects returned to the
study site for 72-hour procedures.
[1013] At each study period, following a 10 hour overnight fast,
the subjects were fed a standard meal (FDA high-fat breakfast) 30
minutes prior to administration of either Example 14.5 formulation
or OxyContin.RTM. 40 mg tablets with 240 mL of water. No food was
allowed for at least 4 hours post-dose.
[1014] Subjects received naltrexone HC150 mg tablets at -12, 0, 12,
24, and 36 hours relative to Example 14.5 formulation or
OxyContin.RTM. dosing.
[1015] Subjects were standing or in an upright sitting position
while receiving their dose of Example 14.5 formulation or
OxyContin.RTM.. Subjects remained in an upright position for a
minimum of 4 hours.
[1016] Fasting was not required for non-dosing study days.
[1017] During the study, adverse events and concomitant medications
were recorded, and vital signs (including blood pressure, body
temperature, pulse rate, and respiration rate) and SPO.sub.2 were
monitored.
[1018] Blood samples for determining oxycodone plasma
concentrations were obtained for each subject at predose and at
0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 24, 28,
32, 36, 48, and 72 hours postdose for each period.
[1019] For each sample, 6 mL of venous blood were drawn via an
indwelling catheter and/or direct venipuncture into tubes
containing K.sub.2EDTA anticoagulant. Plasma concentrations of
oxycodone were quantified by a validated liquid chromatography
tandem mass spectrometric method.
[1020] The study completion procedures were performed as described
for Example 26.
[1021] The results of this study are shown in Table 30.2.
TABLE-US-00142 TABLE 30.2 Statistical Results of Oxycodone
Pharmacokinetic Metrics: Bioavailability Example 14.5 Formulation
Relative to Oxy- Contin .RTM. 40 mg in the Fed State (Population:
Full Analysis) LS Mean.sup.a Test/ 90% (Refer- Refer- Confidence
Metric N (Test).sup.b N ence).sup.b ence.sup.c Interval.sup.d
C.sub.max 76 59.8 80 59.9 99.9 (95.40, 104.52) (ng/mL) AUC.sub.t 76
514 80 556 92.5 (90.01, 94.99) (ng*hr/mL) AUC.sub.inf 76 516 80 558
92.4 (90.00, 94.96) (ng*hr/mL) .sup.aLeast squares mean from ANOVA.
Natural log (ln) metric means calculated by transforming the ln
means back to the linear scale, i.e., geometric means. .sup.bTest =
Example 14.5 tablet; Reference = OxyContin .RTM. 40 mg tablet.
.sup.cRatio of metric means for ln-transformed metric (expressed as
a percent). Ln-transformed ratio transformed back to linear scale.
.sup.d90% confidence interval for ratio of metric means (expressed
as a percent). Ln-transformed confidence limits transformed back to
linear scale.
[1022] The results show that Example 14.5 tablets are bioequivalent
to OxyContin.RTM. 40 mg tablets in the fed state.
Example 31
[1023] In Example 31, a randomized, open-label, single-center,
single-dose, two-treatment, two-period, two-way crossover study in
healthy human subjects was conducted to assess the bioequivalence
of Example 14.5 oxycodone HCl (40 mg) formulation relative to the
commercial OxyContin.RTM. formulation (40 mg) in the fasted
state.
[1024] The study treatments were as follows:
Test treatment: 1.times. Example 14.5 tablet (40 mg oxycodone HCl)
Reference treatment: 1.times. OxyContin.RTM. 40 mg tablet
[1025] The treatments were each administered orally with 8 oz. (240
mL) water as a single dose in the fasted state.
[1026] As this study was conducted in healthy human subjects, the
opioid antagonist naltrexone hydrochloride was administered to
minimize opioid-related adverse events.
Subject Selection
[1027] Screening procedures were performed as described for Example
26.
[1028] Subjects who met the inclusion criteria as described for
Example 26 were included in the study. Potential subjects were
excluded from the study according to the exclusion criteria as
described for Example 26.
[1029] Subjects meeting all the inclusion criteria and none of the
exclusion criteria were randomized into the study. It was
anticipated that approximately 84 subjects would be randomized,
with approximately 76 subjects targeted to complete the study.
Check-in Procedures
[1030] The check-in procedures performed on day -1 of period 1 and
at check-in for each period were performed as described in Example
26. Pre-dose (Day -1, Period 1 only) laboratory samples
(hematology, biochemistry, and urinalysis) were collected after
vital signs and SPO.sub.2 had been measured following fasting for a
minimum of 4 hours.
[1031] Prior to the first dose in Period 1, subjects were
randomized to a treatment sequence according to the random
allocation schedule (RAS) as described for Example 26. The
treatment sequences for this study are presented in Table 31.1.
TABLE-US-00143 TABLE 31.1 Period 1 Period 2 Sequence Treatment 1 1x
OxyContin .RTM. 40 mg 1x Example 14.5 2 1x Example 14.5 1x
OxyContin .RTM. 40 mg
Study Procedures
[1032] The study included two study periods, each with a single
dose administration. There was a washout period of at least six
days between dose administrations in each study period. During each
period, subjects were confined to the study site from the day prior
to administration of the study drugs through 48 hours following
administration of the study drugs, and subjects returned to the
study site for 72-hour procedures.
[1033] At each study period, the subjects were administered the
Example 14.5 formulation or OxyContin.RTM. 40 mg tablets with 240
mL of water, following a 10 hour overnight fast. Subjects continued
fasting from food for at least 4 hours post-dose.
[1034] Subjects received naltrexone HC150 mg tablets at -12, 0, 12,
24, and 36 hours relative to Example 14.5 formulation or
OxyContin.RTM. dosing.
[1035] Subjects were standing or in an upright sitting position
while receiving their dose of Example 14.5 formulation or
OxyContin.RTM.. Subjects remained in an upright position for a
minimum of 4 hours.
[1036] Fasting was not required for non-dosing study days.
[1037] During the study, adverse events and concomitant medications
were recorded, and vital signs (including blood pressure, body
temperature, pulse rate, and respiration rate) and SPO.sub.2 were
monitored.
[1038] Blood samples for determining oxycodone plasma
concentrations were obtained for each subject at predose and at
0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 24, 28,
32, 36, 48, and 72 hours postdose for each period.
[1039] For each sample, 6 mL of venous blood were drawn via an
indwelling catheter and/or direct venipuncture into tubes
containing K.sub.2EDTA anticoagulant. Plasma concentrations of
oxycodone were quantified by a validated liquid chromatography
tandem mass spectrometric method.
[1040] The study completion procedures were performed as described
for Example 26.
[1041] The results of this study are shown in Table 31.2.
TABLE-US-00144 TABLE 31.2 Statistical Results of Oxycodone
Pharmacokinetic Metrics: Bioavailability Example 14.5 Formulation
Relative to Oxy- Contin .RTM. 40 mg in the Fasted State
(Population: Full Analysis) LS Mean.sup.a Test/ 90% (Refer- Refer-
Confidence Metric N (Test).sup.b N ence).sup.b ence.sup.c
Interval.sup.d C.sub.max 85 46.1 83 47.7 96.6 (92.80, 100.56)
(ng/mL) AUC.sub.t 85 442 83 463 95.5 (92.93, 98.18) (ng*hr/mL)
AUC.sub.inf 85 444 82 468 94.8 (92.42, 97.24) (ng*hr/mL)
.sup.aLeast squares mean from ANOVA. Natural log (ln) metric means
calculated by transforming the ln means back to the linear scale,
i.e., geometric means. .sup.bTest = Example 14.5 tablet; Reference
= OxyContin .RTM. 40 mg tablet. .sup.cRatio of metric means for
ln-transformed metric (expressed as a percent). Ln-transformed
ratio transformed back to linear scale. .sup.d90% confidence
interval for ratio of metric means (expressed as a percent).
Ln-transformed confidence limits transformed back to linear
scale.
[1042] The results show that Example 14.5 tablets are bioequivalent
to OxyContin.RTM. 40 mg tablets in the fasted state.
[1043] The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the
specific embodiments disclosed in the examples which are intended
as illustrations of a few aspects of the invention and any
embodiments that are functionally equivalent are within the scope
of this invention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention
in addition to those shown and described herein will become
apparent to those skilled in the art and are intended to fall
within the scope of the appended claims.
[1044] A number of references have been cited, the entire
disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference for all
purposes.
* * * * *